US8742499B2 - Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof - Google Patents
Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US8742499B2 US8742499B2 US12/608,751 US60875109A US8742499B2 US 8742499 B2 US8742499 B2 US 8742499B2 US 60875109 A US60875109 A US 60875109A US 8742499 B2 US8742499 B2 US 8742499B2
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- source
- wiring board
- vias
- semiconductor chip
- drain
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Active, expires
Links
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 475
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 title description 43
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 346
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 287
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 claims description 518
- 239000012792 core layer Substances 0.000 claims description 33
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 22
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 118
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 abstract description 61
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 abstract description 61
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 abstract description 38
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 abstract description 29
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 abstract description 11
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 11
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 358
- 102100023882 Endoribonuclease ZC3H12A Human genes 0.000 description 139
- 101710112715 Endoribonuclease ZC3H12A Proteins 0.000 description 139
- QGVYYLZOAMMKAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N pegnivacogin Chemical compound COCCOC(=O)NCCCCC(NC(=O)OCCOC)C(=O)NCCCCCCOP(=O)(O)O QGVYYLZOAMMKAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 139
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 125
- 230000017525 heat dissipation Effects 0.000 description 72
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 68
- 229910000679 solder Inorganic materials 0.000 description 58
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 45
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 45
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 42
- JBRZTFJDHDCESZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N AsGa Chemical compound [As]#[Ga] JBRZTFJDHDCESZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 34
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 34
- 229910001218 Gallium arsenide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 33
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 33
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 31
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 30
- QBPSLYUXTXAENH-CBPNBUAGSA-N (2r,3s,4s,5r)-2-(2-amino-6-oxo-3h-purin-9-yl)-4-hydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolane-3-carbonitrile Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)NC(N)=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1C#N QBPSLYUXTXAENH-CBPNBUAGSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 26
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 22
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 22
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 21
- 238000000206 photolithography Methods 0.000 description 21
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 20
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 18
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 18
- 238000005530 etching Methods 0.000 description 17
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 16
- 229910052814 silicon oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 16
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 15
- 229920002120 photoresistant polymer Polymers 0.000 description 15
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 15
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 14
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 230000012447 hatching Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000005468 ion implantation Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000005229 chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 11
- 101100381939 Arabidopsis thaliana BPS1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000010295 mobile communication Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000005549 size reduction Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229910021420 polycrystalline silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229910052750 molybdenum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Molybdenum Chemical compound [Mo] ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 238000001312 dry etching Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000011733 molybdenum Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 7
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 7
- 101100381940 Acidianus ambivalens bps2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 108091058543 REG3 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102100027336 Regenerating islet-derived protein 3-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000003990 capacitor Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000004544 sputter deposition Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 229910052581 Si3N4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- NRTOMJZYCJJWKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium nitride Chemical compound [Ti]#N NRTOMJZYCJJWKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 5
- HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon nitride Chemical compound N12[Si]34N5[Si]62N3[Si]51N64 HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910000530 Gallium indium arsenide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011889 copper foil Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011229 interlayer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000003071 parasitic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000000059 patterning Methods 0.000 description 4
- 101100004604 Arabidopsis thaliana BPG2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003822 epoxy resin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000005669 field effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000647 polyepoxide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000009719 polyimide resin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- WQJQOUPTWCFRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten disilicide Chemical compound [Si]#[W]#[Si] WQJQOUPTWCFRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910021342 tungsten silicide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910000838 Al alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910015900 BF3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorane Chemical compound F KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910005540 GaP Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108700012361 REG2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101150108637 REG2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101100120298 Rattus norvegicus Flot1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101100412403 Rattus norvegicus Reg3b gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229910052785 arsenic Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- RQNWIZPPADIBDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N arsenic atom Chemical compound [As] RQNWIZPPADIBDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WTEOIRVLGSZEPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron trifluoride Chemical compound FB(F)F WTEOIRVLGSZEPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004299 exfoliation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000020169 heat generation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012212 insulator Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910021421 monocrystalline silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000002161 passivation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910021332 silicide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- FVBUAEGBCNSCDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicide(4-) Chemical compound [Si-4] FVBUAEGBCNSCDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052718 tin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002759 woven fabric Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910017944 Ag—Cu Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910015363 Au—Sn Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100036044 Conserved oligomeric Golgi complex subunit 4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100040998 Conserved oligomeric Golgi complex subunit 6 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000876012 Homo sapiens Conserved oligomeric Golgi complex subunit 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000748957 Homo sapiens Conserved oligomeric Golgi complex subunit 6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000841301 Homo sapiens Utrophin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001104102 Homo sapiens X-linked retinitis pigmentosa GTPase regulator Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910018104 Ni-P Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910018536 Ni—P Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000036448 RPGR-related retinopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910020816 Sn Pb Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910020836 Sn-Ag Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910020830 Sn-Bi Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910020888 Sn-Cu Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910020922 Sn-Pb Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910020994 Sn-Zn Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910020988 Sn—Ag Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910018728 Sn—Bi Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910019204 Sn—Cu Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910008783 Sn—Pb Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910009069 Sn—Zn Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 102100029092 Utrophin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 201000000467 X-linked cone-rod dystrophy 1 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000465 X-linked cone-rod dystrophy 2 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- FTWRSWRBSVXQPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alumanylidynearsane;gallanylidynearsane Chemical compound [As]#[Al].[As]#[Ga] FTWRSWRBSVXQPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RNQKDQAVIXDKAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminum gallium Chemical compound [Al].[Ga] RNQKDQAVIXDKAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002041 carbon nanotube Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021393 carbon nanotube Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 1
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002542 deteriorative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009713 electroplating Methods 0.000 description 1
- HZXMRANICFIONG-UHFFFAOYSA-N gallium phosphide Chemical compound [Ga]#P HZXMRANICFIONG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000227 grinding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001475 halogen functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000008241 heterogeneous mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052738 indium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium atom Chemical compound [In] APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010030 laminating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002815 nickel Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010363 phase shift Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000005498 polishing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920005591 polysilicon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002787 reinforcement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003252 repetitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- WNUPENMBHHEARK-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon tungsten Chemical compound [Si].[W] WNUPENMBHHEARK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002050 silicone resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004088 simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005476 soldering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005236 sound signal Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001039 wet etching Methods 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L29/00—Semiconductor devices adapted for rectifying, amplifying, oscillating or switching, or capacitors or resistors with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction depletion layer or carrier concentration layer; Details of semiconductor bodies or of electrodes thereof ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/66—Types of semiconductor device ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/68—Types of semiconductor device ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor controllable by only the electric current supplied, or only the electric potential applied, to an electrode which does not carry the current to be rectified, amplified or switched
- H01L29/76—Unipolar devices, e.g. field effect transistors
- H01L29/772—Field effect transistors
- H01L29/78—Field effect transistors with field effect produced by an insulated gate
- H01L29/7833—Field effect transistors with field effect produced by an insulated gate with lightly doped drain or source extension, e.g. LDD MOSFET's; DDD MOSFET's
- H01L29/7835—Field effect transistors with field effect produced by an insulated gate with lightly doped drain or source extension, e.g. LDD MOSFET's; DDD MOSFET's with asymmetrical source and drain regions, e.g. lateral high-voltage MISFETs with drain offset region, extended drain MISFETs
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/77—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components or integrated circuits formed in, or on, a common substrate
- H01L21/78—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components or integrated circuits formed in, or on, a common substrate with subsequent division of the substrate into plural individual devices
- H01L21/82—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components or integrated circuits formed in, or on, a common substrate with subsequent division of the substrate into plural individual devices to produce devices, e.g. integrated circuits, each consisting of a plurality of components
- H01L21/822—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components or integrated circuits formed in, or on, a common substrate with subsequent division of the substrate into plural individual devices to produce devices, e.g. integrated circuits, each consisting of a plurality of components the substrate being a semiconductor, using silicon technology
- H01L21/8232—Field-effect technology
- H01L21/8234—MIS technology, i.e. integration processes of field effect transistors of the conductor-insulator-semiconductor type
- H01L21/823418—MIS technology, i.e. integration processes of field effect transistors of the conductor-insulator-semiconductor type with a particular manufacturing method of the source or drain structures, e.g. specific source or drain implants or silicided source or drain structures or raised source or drain structures
- H01L21/823425—MIS technology, i.e. integration processes of field effect transistors of the conductor-insulator-semiconductor type with a particular manufacturing method of the source or drain structures, e.g. specific source or drain implants or silicided source or drain structures or raised source or drain structures manufacturing common source or drain regions between a plurality of conductor-insulator-semiconductor structures
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/77—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components or integrated circuits formed in, or on, a common substrate
- H01L21/78—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components or integrated circuits formed in, or on, a common substrate with subsequent division of the substrate into plural individual devices
- H01L21/82—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components or integrated circuits formed in, or on, a common substrate with subsequent division of the substrate into plural individual devices to produce devices, e.g. integrated circuits, each consisting of a plurality of components
- H01L21/822—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components or integrated circuits formed in, or on, a common substrate with subsequent division of the substrate into plural individual devices to produce devices, e.g. integrated circuits, each consisting of a plurality of components the substrate being a semiconductor, using silicon technology
- H01L21/8232—Field-effect technology
- H01L21/8234—MIS technology, i.e. integration processes of field effect transistors of the conductor-insulator-semiconductor type
- H01L21/823475—MIS technology, i.e. integration processes of field effect transistors of the conductor-insulator-semiconductor type interconnection or wiring or contact manufacturing related aspects
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/58—Structural electrical arrangements for semiconductor devices not otherwise provided for, e.g. in combination with batteries
- H01L23/64—Impedance arrangements
- H01L23/66—High-frequency adaptations
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L24/00—Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
- H01L24/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/10—Bump connectors ; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/12—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors prior to the connecting process
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L24/00—Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
- H01L24/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/10—Bump connectors ; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/15—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process
- H01L24/17—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process of a plurality of bump connectors
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L24/00—Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
- H01L24/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/26—Layer connectors, e.g. plate connectors, solder or adhesive layers; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/31—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the layer connectors after the connecting process
- H01L24/32—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the layer connectors after the connecting process of an individual layer connector
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L24/00—Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
- H01L24/73—Means for bonding being of different types provided for in two or more of groups H01L24/10, H01L24/18, H01L24/26, H01L24/34, H01L24/42, H01L24/50, H01L24/63, H01L24/71
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L25/00—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof
- H01L25/16—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof the devices being of types provided for in two or more different main groups of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. forming hybrid circuits
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L27/00—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
- H01L27/02—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components specially adapted for rectifying, oscillating, amplifying or switching and having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier; including integrated passive circuit elements with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier
- H01L27/04—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components specially adapted for rectifying, oscillating, amplifying or switching and having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier; including integrated passive circuit elements with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier the substrate being a semiconductor body
- H01L27/08—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components specially adapted for rectifying, oscillating, amplifying or switching and having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier; including integrated passive circuit elements with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier the substrate being a semiconductor body including only semiconductor components of a single kind
- H01L27/085—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components specially adapted for rectifying, oscillating, amplifying or switching and having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier; including integrated passive circuit elements with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier the substrate being a semiconductor body including only semiconductor components of a single kind including field-effect components only
- H01L27/088—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components specially adapted for rectifying, oscillating, amplifying or switching and having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier; including integrated passive circuit elements with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier the substrate being a semiconductor body including only semiconductor components of a single kind including field-effect components only the components being field-effect transistors with insulated gate
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L29/00—Semiconductor devices adapted for rectifying, amplifying, oscillating or switching, or capacitors or resistors with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction depletion layer or carrier concentration layer; Details of semiconductor bodies or of electrodes thereof ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/66—Types of semiconductor device ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/66007—Multistep manufacturing processes
- H01L29/66075—Multistep manufacturing processes of devices having semiconductor bodies comprising group 14 or group 13/15 materials
- H01L29/66227—Multistep manufacturing processes of devices having semiconductor bodies comprising group 14 or group 13/15 materials the devices being controllable only by the electric current supplied or the electric potential applied, to an electrode which does not carry the current to be rectified, amplified or switched, e.g. three-terminal devices
- H01L29/66409—Unipolar field-effect transistors
- H01L29/66477—Unipolar field-effect transistors with an insulated gate, i.e. MISFET
- H01L29/66568—Lateral single gate silicon transistors
- H01L29/66659—Lateral single gate silicon transistors with asymmetry in the channel direction, e.g. lateral high-voltage MISFETs with drain offset region, extended drain MISFETs
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L29/00—Semiconductor devices adapted for rectifying, amplifying, oscillating or switching, or capacitors or resistors with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction depletion layer or carrier concentration layer; Details of semiconductor bodies or of electrodes thereof ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/66—Types of semiconductor device ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/68—Types of semiconductor device ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor controllable by only the electric current supplied, or only the electric potential applied, to an electrode which does not carry the current to be rectified, amplified or switched
- H01L29/70—Bipolar devices
- H01L29/72—Transistor-type devices, i.e. able to continuously respond to applied control signals
- H01L29/73—Bipolar junction transistors
- H01L29/737—Hetero-junction transistors
- H01L29/7371—Vertical transistors
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K1/00—Printed circuits
- H05K1/02—Details
- H05K1/0201—Thermal arrangements, e.g. for cooling, heating or preventing overheating
- H05K1/0203—Cooling of mounted components
- H05K1/0204—Cooling of mounted components using means for thermal conduction connection in the thickness direction of the substrate
- H05K1/0206—Cooling of mounted components using means for thermal conduction connection in the thickness direction of the substrate by printed thermal vias
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2223/00—Details relating to semiconductor or other solid state devices covered by the group H01L23/00
- H01L2223/58—Structural electrical arrangements for semiconductor devices not otherwise provided for
- H01L2223/64—Impedance arrangements
- H01L2223/66—High-frequency adaptations
- H01L2223/6644—Packaging aspects of high-frequency amplifiers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2223/00—Details relating to semiconductor or other solid state devices covered by the group H01L23/00
- H01L2223/58—Structural electrical arrangements for semiconductor devices not otherwise provided for
- H01L2223/64—Impedance arrangements
- H01L2223/66—High-frequency adaptations
- H01L2223/6661—High-frequency adaptations for passive devices
- H01L2223/6677—High-frequency adaptations for passive devices for antenna, e.g. antenna included within housing of semiconductor device
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/02—Bonding areas; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/0212—Auxiliary members for bonding areas, e.g. spacers
- H01L2224/02122—Auxiliary members for bonding areas, e.g. spacers being formed on the semiconductor or solid-state body
- H01L2224/02163—Auxiliary members for bonding areas, e.g. spacers being formed on the semiconductor or solid-state body on the bonding area
- H01L2224/02165—Reinforcing structures
- H01L2224/02166—Collar structures
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/02—Bonding areas; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/04—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process
- H01L2224/0401—Bonding areas specifically adapted for bump connectors, e.g. under bump metallisation [UBM]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/02—Bonding areas; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/04—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process
- H01L2224/05—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process of an individual bonding area
- H01L2224/05001—Internal layers
- H01L2224/05099—Material
- H01L2224/051—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron [B], silicon [Si], germanium [Ge], arsenic [As], antimony [Sb], tellurium [Te] and polonium [Po], and alloys thereof
- H01L2224/05138—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron [B], silicon [Si], germanium [Ge], arsenic [As], antimony [Sb], tellurium [Te] and polonium [Po], and alloys thereof the principal constituent melting at a temperature of greater than or equal to 950°C and less than 1550°C
- H01L2224/05147—Copper [Cu] as principal constituent
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/02—Bonding areas; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/04—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process
- H01L2224/05—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process of an individual bonding area
- H01L2224/05001—Internal layers
- H01L2224/05099—Material
- H01L2224/051—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron [B], silicon [Si], germanium [Ge], arsenic [As], antimony [Sb], tellurium [Te] and polonium [Po], and alloys thereof
- H01L2224/05138—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron [B], silicon [Si], germanium [Ge], arsenic [As], antimony [Sb], tellurium [Te] and polonium [Po], and alloys thereof the principal constituent melting at a temperature of greater than or equal to 950°C and less than 1550°C
- H01L2224/05155—Nickel [Ni] as principal constituent
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/02—Bonding areas; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/04—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process
- H01L2224/05—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process of an individual bonding area
- H01L2224/05001—Internal layers
- H01L2224/05099—Material
- H01L2224/051—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron [B], silicon [Si], germanium [Ge], arsenic [As], antimony [Sb], tellurium [Te] and polonium [Po], and alloys thereof
- H01L2224/05163—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron [B], silicon [Si], germanium [Ge], arsenic [As], antimony [Sb], tellurium [Te] and polonium [Po], and alloys thereof the principal constituent melting at a temperature of greater than 1550°C
- H01L2224/05164—Palladium [Pd] as principal constituent
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/02—Bonding areas; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/04—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process
- H01L2224/05—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process of an individual bonding area
- H01L2224/05001—Internal layers
- H01L2224/05099—Material
- H01L2224/051—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron [B], silicon [Si], germanium [Ge], arsenic [As], antimony [Sb], tellurium [Te] and polonium [Po], and alloys thereof
- H01L2224/05163—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron [B], silicon [Si], germanium [Ge], arsenic [As], antimony [Sb], tellurium [Te] and polonium [Po], and alloys thereof the principal constituent melting at a temperature of greater than 1550°C
- H01L2224/05171—Chromium [Cr] as principal constituent
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/02—Bonding areas; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/04—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process
- H01L2224/05—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process of an individual bonding area
- H01L2224/0554—External layer
- H01L2224/0555—Shape
- H01L2224/05552—Shape in top view
- H01L2224/05553—Shape in top view being rectangular
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/02—Bonding areas; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/04—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process
- H01L2224/05—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process of an individual bonding area
- H01L2224/0554—External layer
- H01L2224/05599—Material
- H01L2224/056—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron [B], silicon [Si], germanium [Ge], arsenic [As], antimony [Sb], tellurium [Te] and polonium [Po], and alloys thereof
- H01L2224/05638—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron [B], silicon [Si], germanium [Ge], arsenic [As], antimony [Sb], tellurium [Te] and polonium [Po], and alloys thereof the principal constituent melting at a temperature of greater than or equal to 950°C and less than 1550°C
- H01L2224/05644—Gold [Au] as principal constituent
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/02—Bonding areas; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/04—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process
- H01L2224/05—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process of an individual bonding area
- H01L2224/0554—External layer
- H01L2224/05599—Material
- H01L2224/056—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron [B], silicon [Si], germanium [Ge], arsenic [As], antimony [Sb], tellurium [Te] and polonium [Po], and alloys thereof
- H01L2224/05663—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron [B], silicon [Si], germanium [Ge], arsenic [As], antimony [Sb], tellurium [Te] and polonium [Po], and alloys thereof the principal constituent melting at a temperature of greater than 1550°C
- H01L2224/05666—Titanium [Ti] as principal constituent
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/10—Bump connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/11—Manufacturing methods
- H01L2224/113—Manufacturing methods by local deposition of the material of the bump connector
- H01L2224/1133—Manufacturing methods by local deposition of the material of the bump connector in solid form
- H01L2224/1134—Stud bumping, i.e. using a wire-bonding apparatus
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/10—Bump connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/12—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors prior to the connecting process
- H01L2224/13—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors prior to the connecting process of an individual bump connector
- H01L2224/13001—Core members of the bump connector
- H01L2224/13099—Material
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/10—Bump connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/12—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors prior to the connecting process
- H01L2224/13—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors prior to the connecting process of an individual bump connector
- H01L2224/13001—Core members of the bump connector
- H01L2224/13099—Material
- H01L2224/131—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron [B], silicon [Si], germanium [Ge], arsenic [As], antimony [Sb], tellurium [Te] and polonium [Po], and alloys thereof
- H01L2224/13138—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron [B], silicon [Si], germanium [Ge], arsenic [As], antimony [Sb], tellurium [Te] and polonium [Po], and alloys thereof the principal constituent melting at a temperature of greater than or equal to 950°C and less than 1550°C
- H01L2224/13144—Gold [Au] as principal constituent
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/10—Bump connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/15—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process
- H01L2224/16—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process of an individual bump connector
- H01L2224/161—Disposition
- H01L2224/16151—Disposition the bump connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive
- H01L2224/16221—Disposition the bump connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked
- H01L2224/16225—Disposition the bump connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being non-metallic, e.g. insulating substrate with or without metallisation
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/10—Bump connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/15—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process
- H01L2224/16—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process of an individual bump connector
- H01L2224/161—Disposition
- H01L2224/16151—Disposition the bump connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive
- H01L2224/16221—Disposition the bump connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked
- H01L2224/16225—Disposition the bump connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being non-metallic, e.g. insulating substrate with or without metallisation
- H01L2224/16235—Disposition the bump connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being non-metallic, e.g. insulating substrate with or without metallisation the bump connector connecting to a via metallisation of the item
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/26—Layer connectors, e.g. plate connectors, solder or adhesive layers; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/28—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the layer connectors prior to the connecting process
- H01L2224/29—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the layer connectors prior to the connecting process of an individual layer connector
- H01L2224/29001—Core members of the layer connector
- H01L2224/29099—Material
- H01L2224/291—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron [B], silicon [Si], germanium [Ge], arsenic [As], antimony [Sb], tellurium [Te] and polonium [Po], and alloys thereof
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/26—Layer connectors, e.g. plate connectors, solder or adhesive layers; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/28—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the layer connectors prior to the connecting process
- H01L2224/29—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the layer connectors prior to the connecting process of an individual layer connector
- H01L2224/29001—Core members of the layer connector
- H01L2224/29099—Material
- H01L2224/291—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron [B], silicon [Si], germanium [Ge], arsenic [As], antimony [Sb], tellurium [Te] and polonium [Po], and alloys thereof
- H01L2224/29101—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron [B], silicon [Si], germanium [Ge], arsenic [As], antimony [Sb], tellurium [Te] and polonium [Po], and alloys thereof the principal constituent melting at a temperature of less than 400°C
- H01L2224/29111—Tin [Sn] as principal constituent
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/26—Layer connectors, e.g. plate connectors, solder or adhesive layers; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/31—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the layer connectors after the connecting process
- H01L2224/32—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the layer connectors after the connecting process of an individual layer connector
- H01L2224/321—Disposition
- H01L2224/32151—Disposition the layer connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive
- H01L2224/32221—Disposition the layer connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked
- H01L2224/32225—Disposition the layer connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being non-metallic, e.g. insulating substrate with or without metallisation
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/47—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process
- H01L2224/48—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process of an individual wire connector
- H01L2224/4805—Shape
- H01L2224/4809—Loop shape
- H01L2224/48091—Arched
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/47—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process
- H01L2224/48—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process of an individual wire connector
- H01L2224/481—Disposition
- H01L2224/48151—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive
- H01L2224/48221—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked
- H01L2224/48225—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being non-metallic, e.g. insulating substrate with or without metallisation
- H01L2224/48227—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being non-metallic, e.g. insulating substrate with or without metallisation connecting the wire to a bond pad of the item
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/47—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process
- H01L2224/49—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process of a plurality of wire connectors
- H01L2224/491—Disposition
- H01L2224/4912—Layout
- H01L2224/49171—Fan-out arrangements
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/73—Means for bonding being of different types provided for in two or more of groups H01L2224/10, H01L2224/18, H01L2224/26, H01L2224/34, H01L2224/42, H01L2224/50, H01L2224/63, H01L2224/71
- H01L2224/732—Location after the connecting process
- H01L2224/73251—Location after the connecting process on different surfaces
- H01L2224/73265—Layer and wire connectors
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/48—Arrangements for conducting electric current to or from the solid state body in operation, e.g. leads, terminal arrangements ; Selection of materials therefor
- H01L23/482—Arrangements for conducting electric current to or from the solid state body in operation, e.g. leads, terminal arrangements ; Selection of materials therefor consisting of lead-in layers inseparably applied to the semiconductor body
- H01L23/4824—Pads with extended contours, e.g. grid structure, branch structure, finger structure
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L24/00—Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
- H01L24/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/02—Bonding areas ; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/03—Manufacturing methods
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L24/00—Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
- H01L24/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/02—Bonding areas ; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/04—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process
- H01L24/05—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process of an individual bonding area
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L24/00—Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
- H01L24/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/10—Bump connectors ; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/11—Manufacturing methods
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L24/00—Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
- H01L24/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/10—Bump connectors ; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/12—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors prior to the connecting process
- H01L24/13—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors prior to the connecting process of an individual bump connector
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L24/00—Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
- H01L24/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/10—Bump connectors ; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/15—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process
- H01L24/16—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process of an individual bump connector
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L24/00—Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
- H01L24/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/26—Layer connectors, e.g. plate connectors, solder or adhesive layers; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/28—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the layer connectors prior to the connecting process
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L24/00—Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
- H01L24/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/26—Layer connectors, e.g. plate connectors, solder or adhesive layers; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/28—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the layer connectors prior to the connecting process
- H01L24/29—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the layer connectors prior to the connecting process of an individual layer connector
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L24/00—Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
- H01L24/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/47—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process
- H01L24/48—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process of an individual wire connector
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L24/00—Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
- H01L24/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/47—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process
- H01L24/49—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process of a plurality of wire connectors
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L29/00—Semiconductor devices adapted for rectifying, amplifying, oscillating or switching, or capacitors or resistors with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction depletion layer or carrier concentration layer; Details of semiconductor bodies or of electrodes thereof ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/02—Semiconductor bodies ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/04—Semiconductor bodies ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor characterised by their crystalline structure, e.g. polycrystalline, cubic or particular orientation of crystalline planes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L29/00—Semiconductor devices adapted for rectifying, amplifying, oscillating or switching, or capacitors or resistors with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction depletion layer or carrier concentration layer; Details of semiconductor bodies or of electrodes thereof ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/02—Semiconductor bodies ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/06—Semiconductor bodies ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor characterised by their shape; characterised by the shapes, relative sizes, or dispositions of the semiconductor regions ; characterised by the concentration or distribution of impurities within semiconductor regions
- H01L29/0684—Semiconductor bodies ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor characterised by their shape; characterised by the shapes, relative sizes, or dispositions of the semiconductor regions ; characterised by the concentration or distribution of impurities within semiconductor regions characterised by the shape, relative sizes or dispositions of the semiconductor regions or junctions between the regions
- H01L29/0692—Surface layout
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L29/00—Semiconductor devices adapted for rectifying, amplifying, oscillating or switching, or capacitors or resistors with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction depletion layer or carrier concentration layer; Details of semiconductor bodies or of electrodes thereof ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/02—Semiconductor bodies ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/06—Semiconductor bodies ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor characterised by their shape; characterised by the shapes, relative sizes, or dispositions of the semiconductor regions ; characterised by the concentration or distribution of impurities within semiconductor regions
- H01L29/08—Semiconductor bodies ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor characterised by their shape; characterised by the shapes, relative sizes, or dispositions of the semiconductor regions ; characterised by the concentration or distribution of impurities within semiconductor regions with semiconductor regions connected to an electrode carrying current to be rectified, amplified or switched and such electrode being part of a semiconductor device which comprises three or more electrodes
- H01L29/0843—Source or drain regions of field-effect devices
- H01L29/0847—Source or drain regions of field-effect devices of field-effect transistors with insulated gate
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L29/00—Semiconductor devices adapted for rectifying, amplifying, oscillating or switching, or capacitors or resistors with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction depletion layer or carrier concentration layer; Details of semiconductor bodies or of electrodes thereof ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/02—Semiconductor bodies ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/06—Semiconductor bodies ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor characterised by their shape; characterised by the shapes, relative sizes, or dispositions of the semiconductor regions ; characterised by the concentration or distribution of impurities within semiconductor regions
- H01L29/08—Semiconductor bodies ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor characterised by their shape; characterised by the shapes, relative sizes, or dispositions of the semiconductor regions ; characterised by the concentration or distribution of impurities within semiconductor regions with semiconductor regions connected to an electrode carrying current to be rectified, amplified or switched and such electrode being part of a semiconductor device which comprises three or more electrodes
- H01L29/0843—Source or drain regions of field-effect devices
- H01L29/0847—Source or drain regions of field-effect devices of field-effect transistors with insulated gate
- H01L29/0852—Source or drain regions of field-effect devices of field-effect transistors with insulated gate of DMOS transistors
- H01L29/0873—Drain regions
- H01L29/0878—Impurity concentration or distribution
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L29/00—Semiconductor devices adapted for rectifying, amplifying, oscillating or switching, or capacitors or resistors with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction depletion layer or carrier concentration layer; Details of semiconductor bodies or of electrodes thereof ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/02—Semiconductor bodies ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/06—Semiconductor bodies ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor characterised by their shape; characterised by the shapes, relative sizes, or dispositions of the semiconductor regions ; characterised by the concentration or distribution of impurities within semiconductor regions
- H01L29/10—Semiconductor bodies ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor characterised by their shape; characterised by the shapes, relative sizes, or dispositions of the semiconductor regions ; characterised by the concentration or distribution of impurities within semiconductor regions with semiconductor regions connected to an electrode not carrying current to be rectified, amplified or switched and such electrode being part of a semiconductor device which comprises three or more electrodes
- H01L29/107—Substrate region of field-effect devices
- H01L29/1075—Substrate region of field-effect devices of field-effect transistors
- H01L29/1079—Substrate region of field-effect devices of field-effect transistors with insulated gate
- H01L29/1087—Substrate region of field-effect devices of field-effect transistors with insulated gate characterised by the contact structure of the substrate region, e.g. for controlling or preventing bipolar effect
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L29/00—Semiconductor devices adapted for rectifying, amplifying, oscillating or switching, or capacitors or resistors with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction depletion layer or carrier concentration layer; Details of semiconductor bodies or of electrodes thereof ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/40—Electrodes ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/41—Electrodes ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor characterised by their shape, relative sizes or dispositions
- H01L29/417—Electrodes ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor characterised by their shape, relative sizes or dispositions carrying the current to be rectified, amplified or switched
- H01L29/41725—Source or drain electrodes for field effect devices
- H01L29/41758—Source or drain electrodes for field effect devices for lateral devices with structured layout for source or drain region, i.e. the source or drain region having cellular, interdigitated or ring structure or being curved or angular
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/0001—Technical content checked by a classifier
- H01L2924/00014—Technical content checked by a classifier the subject-matter covered by the group, the symbol of which is combined with the symbol of this group, being disclosed without further technical details
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01004—Beryllium [Be]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01005—Boron [B]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01006—Carbon [C]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01013—Aluminum [Al]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01015—Phosphorus [P]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01022—Titanium [Ti]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01023—Vanadium [V]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01024—Chromium [Cr]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01027—Cobalt [Co]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01029—Copper [Cu]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/0103—Zinc [Zn]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01033—Arsenic [As]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01042—Molybdenum [Mo]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01046—Palladium [Pd]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01047—Silver [Ag]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01049—Indium [In]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/0105—Tin [Sn]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01074—Tungsten [W]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01078—Platinum [Pt]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01079—Gold [Au]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01082—Lead [Pb]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/013—Alloys
- H01L2924/0132—Binary Alloys
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/013—Alloys
- H01L2924/0133—Ternary Alloys
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/013—Alloys
- H01L2924/014—Solder alloys
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/049—Nitrides composed of metals from groups of the periodic table
- H01L2924/0494—4th Group
- H01L2924/04941—TiN
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/10—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
- H01L2924/1015—Shape
- H01L2924/1016—Shape being a cuboid
- H01L2924/10161—Shape being a cuboid with a rectangular active surface
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/10—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
- H01L2924/102—Material of the semiconductor or solid state bodies
- H01L2924/1025—Semiconducting materials
- H01L2924/1026—Compound semiconductors
- H01L2924/1032—III-V
- H01L2924/10329—Gallium arsenide [GaAs]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/10—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
- H01L2924/102—Material of the semiconductor or solid state bodies
- H01L2924/1025—Semiconducting materials
- H01L2924/1026—Compound semiconductors
- H01L2924/1032—III-V
- H01L2924/10336—Aluminium gallium arsenide [AlGaAs]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/10—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
- H01L2924/11—Device type
- H01L2924/12—Passive devices, e.g. 2 terminal devices
- H01L2924/1204—Optical Diode
- H01L2924/12041—LED
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/10—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
- H01L2924/11—Device type
- H01L2924/13—Discrete devices, e.g. 3 terminal devices
- H01L2924/1304—Transistor
- H01L2924/1305—Bipolar Junction Transistor [BJT]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/10—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
- H01L2924/11—Device type
- H01L2924/13—Discrete devices, e.g. 3 terminal devices
- H01L2924/1304—Transistor
- H01L2924/1306—Field-effect transistor [FET]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/10—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
- H01L2924/11—Device type
- H01L2924/13—Discrete devices, e.g. 3 terminal devices
- H01L2924/1304—Transistor
- H01L2924/1306—Field-effect transistor [FET]
- H01L2924/13064—High Electron Mobility Transistor [HEMT, HFET [heterostructure FET], MODFET]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/10—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
- H01L2924/11—Device type
- H01L2924/13—Discrete devices, e.g. 3 terminal devices
- H01L2924/1304—Transistor
- H01L2924/1306—Field-effect transistor [FET]
- H01L2924/13091—Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor Field-Effect Transistor [MOSFET]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/10—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
- H01L2924/11—Device type
- H01L2924/14—Integrated circuits
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/15—Details of package parts other than the semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
- H01L2924/151—Die mounting substrate
- H01L2924/1517—Multilayer substrate
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/15—Details of package parts other than the semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
- H01L2924/181—Encapsulation
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/19—Details of hybrid assemblies other than the semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
- H01L2924/1901—Structure
- H01L2924/1904—Component type
- H01L2924/19041—Component type being a capacitor
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/19—Details of hybrid assemblies other than the semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
- H01L2924/1901—Structure
- H01L2924/1904—Component type
- H01L2924/19042—Component type being an inductor
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/19—Details of hybrid assemblies other than the semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
- H01L2924/1901—Structure
- H01L2924/1904—Component type
- H01L2924/19043—Component type being a resistor
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/19—Details of hybrid assemblies other than the semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
- H01L2924/191—Disposition
- H01L2924/19101—Disposition of discrete passive components
- H01L2924/19105—Disposition of discrete passive components in a side-by-side arrangement on a common die mounting substrate
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/30—Technical effects
- H01L2924/301—Electrical effects
- H01L2924/30105—Capacitance
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/30—Technical effects
- H01L2924/301—Electrical effects
- H01L2924/3011—Impedance
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/30—Technical effects
- H01L2924/301—Electrical effects
- H01L2924/3011—Impedance
- H01L2924/30111—Impedance matching
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K2201/00—Indexing scheme relating to printed circuits covered by H05K1/00
- H05K2201/09—Shape and layout
- H05K2201/09209—Shape and layout details of conductors
- H05K2201/09372—Pads and lands
- H05K2201/09481—Via in pad; Pad over filled via
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K2201/00—Indexing scheme relating to printed circuits covered by H05K1/00
- H05K2201/09—Shape and layout
- H05K2201/09209—Shape and layout details of conductors
- H05K2201/095—Conductive through-holes or vias
- H05K2201/096—Vertically aligned vias, holes or stacked vias
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K2201/00—Indexing scheme relating to printed circuits covered by H05K1/00
- H05K2201/10—Details of components or other objects attached to or integrated in a printed circuit board
- H05K2201/10613—Details of electrical connections of non-printed components, e.g. special leads
- H05K2201/10621—Components characterised by their electrical contacts
- H05K2201/10674—Flip chip
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a semiconductor device and a manufacturing method thereof, and more particularly to a technique effectively applied to a power amplifier module mounted on a mobile communication system, a semiconductor device used therein and a manufacturing method thereof.
- the mobile communication system of this type is made up of an antenna which emits and receives radio waves, a radio-frequency power amplifier (RF power module) which amplifies a power-modulated radio-frequency signal and supplies the amplified signal to the antenna, a receiver which processes the radio-frequency signal received by the antenna, a control unit which controls these components and a battery which supplies power supply voltage to these components.
- RF power module radio-frequency power amplifier
- Patent Document 1 describes a technique in which a semiconductor chip in which an LDMOSFET making up a power amplifier circuit of an RF power module is formed is flip-chip mounted on an upper surface of a wiring board.
- Patent Document 2 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Publication No. 2003-273520 (Patent Document 2) describes a technique relating to a via of a PA stacked module.
- Patent Document 3 describes a technique for improving the reliability of a semiconductor device by reducing the pressure applied to an electrode of an HBT when mounting a semiconductor chip having the HBT formed therein on a wiring board and also by surely contacting a lead-out electrode and a package base substrate (wiring board).
- an emitter lead-out electrode which commonly connects the emitter electrodes of a plurality of HBTs is formed. Further, a dent is provided in a region of the emitter lead-out electrode located on each emitter electrode.
- the RF power module has a structure in which electronic components such as a semiconductor amplifier element chip and passive components are mounted on a wiring board, and the size reduction and the thickness reduction of the electronic components are desired.
- electronic components such as a semiconductor amplifier element chip and passive components
- the size reduction and the thickness reduction of the electronic components are desired.
- there is a limitation on the size reduction of the electronic components mounted on the wiring board and it is not efficient to try to achieve the size reduction of the RF power module only by the size reduction of the electronic components.
- the structure of an RF power module in which a semiconductor amplifier element chip is flip-chip mounted on a wiring board has been developed.
- the mounting area of the semiconductor amplifier element chip is reduced compared with the case where a semiconductor amplifier element chip is face-up bonded on a wiring board and electrodes of the semiconductor amplifier element chip and terminals of the wiring board are wire-bonded, the planar dimensions of the wiring board can be reduced, so that the size reduction of the RF power module can be achieved.
- An object of the present invention is to provide a technique capable of reducing the size of a semiconductor device.
- Another object of the present invention is to provide a technique capable of improving the properties of a semiconductor device, in particular, heat dissipation properties.
- a semiconductor device is a semiconductor device in which an LDMOSFET element for a power amplifier circuit is formed and a plurality of bump electrodes including a source bump electrode, a drain bump electrode and a gate bump electrode of the LDMOSFET element are provided. Also, it is characterized in that the source bump electrode is disposed on an LDMOSFET formation region, and a resin film serving as a surface protection film is not formed between the source bump electrode and a source conductor layer, between the drain bump electrode and a drain conductor layer and between the gate bump electrode and a gate conductor layer.
- a semiconductor device includes an LDMOSFET for a power amplifier circuit, and a semiconductor chip having a bump electrode formed therein is mounted on a multilayer wiring board in a face-down manner. Also, this multilayer wiring board is characterized in that a first via formed in a core layer and a second via formed in a prepreg layer are disposed on the same straight line so as to be planarly overlapped with each other.
- a semiconductor device is a semiconductor device in which an LDMOSFET element for a power amplifier circuit is formed and a plurality of bump electrodes including a source bump electrode, a drain bump electrode and a gate bump electrode of the LDMOSFET element are provided, and it is characterized in that a plane area of the source bump electrode is larger than a sum of plane areas of the two drain bump electrodes.
- a semiconductor device comprises: a plurality of heterojunction bipolar transistors; an emitter common wiring layer which commonly connects emitter electrodes of a heterojunction bipolar transistor group including two or more heterojunction bipolar transistors out of the plurality of heterojunction bipolar transistors to one surface; a semiconductor chip having an emitter bump electrode connected to the emitter common wiring layer and disposed at an arbitrary position; and a wiring board on which the semiconductor chip is mounted, wherein the emitter bump electrode is connected to a plurality of vias provided so as to penetrate through the wiring board.
- FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing an example of a digital mobile phone system
- FIG. 2 is a circuit block diagram schematically showing a configuration example of a power amplifier module used for the digital mobile phone system shown in FIG. 1 ;
- FIG. 3 is a conceptual top view showing the structure of the power amplifier module according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 4 is a conceptual bottom view showing the structure of the power amplifier module according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 5 is a conceptual cross-sectional view showing the structure of the power amplifier module according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 6 is a side view schematically showing the state where the power amplifier module according to an embodiment of the present invention is mounted on a mounting board;
- FIG. 7 is a conceptual cross-sectional view showing the structure of a power amplifier module of a comparative example
- FIG. 8 is a plan view of a semiconductor chip according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part in the manufacturing process of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 10 is a plan view of the principal part in the same manufacturing process of the semiconductor device as FIG. 9 ;
- FIG. 11 is a plan view of the principal part in the same manufacturing process of the semiconductor device as FIG. 9 ;
- FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part in the manufacturing process of the semiconductor device continued from FIG. 9 ;
- FIG. 13 a plan view of the principal part in the same manufacturing process of the semiconductor device as FIG. 12 ;
- FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part in the manufacturing process of the semiconductor device continued from FIG. 12 ;
- FIG. 15 is a plan view of the principal part in the same manufacturing process of the semiconductor device as FIG. 14 ;
- FIG. 16 is a plan view of the principal part in the same manufacturing process of the semiconductor device as FIG. 14 ;
- FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part in the manufacturing process of the semiconductor device continued from FIG. 14 ;
- FIG. 18 is a plan view of the principal part in the same manufacturing process of the semiconductor device as FIG. 17 ;
- FIG. 19 is a plan view of the principal part in the same manufacturing process of the semiconductor device as FIG. 17 ;
- FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part in the manufacturing process of the semiconductor device continued from FIG. 17 ;
- FIG. 21 is a plan view of the principal part in the same manufacturing process of the semiconductor device as FIG. 20 ;
- FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part in the manufacturing process of the semiconductor device continued from FIG. 20 ;
- FIG. 23 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part in the manufacturing process of the semiconductor device continued from FIG. 22 ;
- FIG. 24 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part in the manufacturing process of the semiconductor device continued from FIG. 23 ;
- FIG. 25 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part in the manufacturing process of the semiconductor device continued from FIG. 24 ;
- FIG. 26 is another cross-sectional view of the principal part in the same manufacturing process of the semiconductor device as FIG. 25 ;
- FIG. 27 is another cross-sectional view of the principal part in the same manufacturing process of the semiconductor device as FIG. 25 ;
- FIG. 28 is a plan view of the principal part in the same manufacturing process of the semiconductor device as FIG. 25 ;
- FIG. 29 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part of a semiconductor chip of a first comparative example
- FIG. 30 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part of a semiconductor chip of a second comparative example
- FIG. 31 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part in the manufacturing process of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part of a wiring board used in a power amplifier module according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 33 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part schematically showing the state just before mounting the semiconductor chip on the wiring board;
- FIG. 34 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part showing the state where the semiconductor chip is flip-chip mounted on the wiring board;
- FIG. 35 is a plan view of the principal part of the semiconductor chip which is mounted on the wiring board;
- FIG. 36 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part showing a first modification example of the wiring board used for the power amplifier module according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 37 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part of the wiring board of the first comparative example.
- FIG. 38 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part of the wiring board of the second comparative example.
- FIG. 39 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part showing a second modification example of the wiring board used for the power amplifier module according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 40 is a plan view of the principal part of the semiconductor chip according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 41 is a plan view of the principal part of the semiconductor chip according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 42 is a plan view of the principal part showing the first modification example of the semiconductor chip according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 43 is a plan view of the principal part showing the second modification example of the semiconductor chip according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 44 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part schematically showing the state just before mounting the semiconductor chip on the wiring board;
- FIG. 45 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part showing the state where the semiconductor chip is mounted on the wiring board;
- FIG. 46 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part showing the state where the semiconductor chip of FIG. 40 is mounted on the wiring board of FIG. 36 ;
- FIG. 47 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part showing the state where the semiconductor chip of FIG. 40 is mounted on the wiring board of FIG. 39 ;
- FIG. 48 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part showing a third modification example of the wiring board used for the power amplifier module according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 49 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part showing the state where the semiconductor chip of FIG. 40 is mounted on the wiring board of FIG. 48 ;
- FIG. 50 is a configuration diagram showing the configuration of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention.
- FIG. 51 is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention.
- FIG. 52 is a plan view showing the structure of an emitter wiring layer by simplifying the element formation surface of HBT of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention.
- FIG. 53 is a diagram showing the structure of the emitter wiring layer, arbitrarily-formed emitter electrode bump and signal electrode bump of HBT of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention.
- FIG. 54 is a diagram showing the internal structure of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention.
- FIG. 55 is a plan view showing the state in which the plurality of HBTs and the first wiring layer of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention have been formed;
- FIG. 56 is a plan view showing the state in which the plurality of HBTs, the first wiring layer and the second wiring layer of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention have been formed;
- FIG. 57 is a plan view showing the state in which a plurality of HBT groups, the first wiring layer and a second wiring layer electrode across the plurality of HBT groups of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention have been formed;
- FIG. 58 is a cross-sectional view for describing the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention.
- FIG. 59 is a cross-sectional view for describing the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention.
- FIG. 60 is a cross-sectional view for describing the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention.
- FIG. 61 is a cross-sectional view for describing the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention.
- FIG. 62 is a cross-sectional view for describing the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention.
- FIG. 63 is a cross-sectional view for describing the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention.
- FIG. 64 is an explanatory diagram for describing the modification example of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention.
- FIG. 65 is an explanatory diagram for describing the modification example of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention.
- FIG. 66 is an explanatory diagram for describing the modification example of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention.
- FIG. 67 is an explanatory diagram for describing the modification example of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention.
- FIG. 68 is a cross-sectional view for describing the module formed by the conventional wire bonding.
- FIG. 69 is an explanatory diagram for describing the conventional VIA hole, in which the arrangement of transistor group called finger in the case of seeing the HBT device from the front surface is seen from the above.
- the invention will be described in a plurality of sections or embodiments when required as a matter of convenience. However, these sections or embodiments are not irrelevant to each other unless otherwise stated, and the one relates to the entire or a part of the other as a modification example, details, or a supplementary explanation thereof. Also, in the embodiments described below, when referring to the number of elements (including number of pieces, values, amount, range, and the like), the number of the elements is not limited to a specific number unless otherwise stated or except the case where the number is apparently limited to a specific number in principle, and the number larger or smaller than the specified number is also applicable.
- the components are not always indispensable unless otherwise stated or except the case where the components are apparently indispensable in principle.
- the shape of the components, positional relation thereof, and the like are mentioned, the substantially approximate and similar shapes and the like are included therein unless otherwise stated or except the case where it can be conceived that they are apparently excluded in principle. The same goes for the numerical value and the range described above.
- hatching is used in some cases even in a cross-sectional view so as to make the drawings easy to see.
- hatching is used in some cases even in a plan view so as to make the drawings easy to see.
- the present embodiment is a power amplifier module (semiconductor device) such as an RF (Radio Frequency) power module used (mounted) in a digital mobile phone (mobile communication system) transmitting information through a network of, for example, the GSM system and is a semiconductor chip (semiconductor device) used (mounted) in the power amplifier module.
- RF Radio Frequency
- the GSM Global System for Mobile Communication
- GSM900 Global System for Mobile Communication
- GSM1800 a 1800 MHz band (1710-1910 MHz)
- DCS1800 Digital Cellular System 1800
- PCN a 1900 MHz band
- GSM1900 is mainly used in North America.
- GSM850 which operates in a 850 MHz band is sometimes used in North America.
- a power amplifier module of the present embodiment is, for example, a power amplifier module used in these frequency bands (radio frequency band).
- FIG. 1 is a block diagram (explanatory diagram) showing an example of a standard digital mobile phone system (mobile communication device) DPS.
- a signal received by an antenna ANT passes through an antenna switch ANT-SW and is amplified by a low-noise amplifier LNA and then converted to an IF frequency (intermediate frequency) of about 150 to 250 MHz by a receive mixer RX-MIX. Thereafter, it is further frequency-converted by an IF circuit IFC and then is led to a base band unit BB 1 as a second IF frequency of about 455 kHz and demodulated by a demodulator circuit DMDL.
- a base band unit BB 1 as a second IF frequency of about 455 kHz and demodulated by a demodulator circuit DMDL.
- a reference symbol COD 1 denotes an audio CODEC (codec)
- a reference symbol SP denotes a speaker
- a reference symbol MIC denotes a microphone
- a reference symbol COD 2 denotes a channel CODEC (codec)
- a reference symbol MDL denotes a modulator circuit.
- a signal obtained by digitalizing sound is D-A converted (digital-analog converted) by a D/A converter circuit DAC of the base band unit BB 1 and led as an I/Q signal to an RF block unit RFB 1 .
- a quadrature modulator QMD modulated to an IF frequency by a quadrature modulator QMD and is converted to a transmission signal by a transmit mixer TX-MIX
- it is amplified by the power amplifier module 1 and then transmitted from the antenna ANT through the antenna switch ANT-SW.
- a local signal is supplied to the receive mixer RX-MIX and the transmit mixer TX-MIX from a synthesizer made up of an oscillator and a PLL (phase synchronous circuit).
- a synthesizer made up of an oscillator and a PLL (phase synchronous circuit).
- a reference symbol AGCAMP denotes an AGC (Automatic Gain Control) amplifier
- a reference symbol FPL 1 denotes an RF-PLL (RF frequency phase synchronous circuit)
- a reference symbol FPL 2 denotes an IF-PLL (IF frequency phase synchronous circuit).
- the digital mobile phone system DPS is provided with a display/control unit CDP including a liquid crystal display LCD, a microcomputer MCN and a memory MRY.
- FIG. 2 is a circuit block diagram (explanatory diagram) schematically showing a configuration example of the power amplifier module (semiconductor device, electronic device, power amplifier, high output amplifier, radio-frequency power amplifier, radio-frequency power amplifier device, power amplifier module, RF power module) 1 used for a mobile communication system such as the digital mobile phone system DPS shown in FIG. 1 .
- FIG. 2 shows a circuit block diagram (amplifier circuit) of a power amplifier module capable of using two frequency bands of, for example, GSM900 and DCS1800 (dual band system) and capable of using two communication systems of GMSK (Gaussian filtered Minimum Shift Keying) modulation method and EDGE (Enhanced Data GSM Environment) modulation method in the respective frequency bands.
- GSM900 and DCS1800 dual band system
- GMSK Gausian filtered Minimum Shift Keying
- EDGE Enhanced Data GSM Environment
- the GMSK modulation method is used for the communication of an audio signal, and the phase of a carrier wave is shifted in accordance with transmission data.
- the EDGE modulation method is used for the data communication, and the amplitude shift is further added to the phase shift of the GMSK modulation.
- the circuit configuration of the power amplifier module 1 includes two lines of power amplifier circuits (radio-frequency power amplifier circuit) LDML and LDMH, a peripheral circuit 103 , matching circuits 105 A, 105 B, 107 A and 107 B, low-pass filters (low-pass filter circuit) 108 A and 108 B and switch circuits 109 A and 109 B.
- power amplifier circuits radio-frequency power amplifier circuit
- LDML and LDMH low-pass filters
- the power amplifier circuit LDML is a power amplifier circuit for GSM900 and has a multi-stage configuration in which a plurality of amplifier stages (amplifier circuit), in this case, three amplifier stages (amplifier circuit) LDML 1 , LDML 2 and LDML 3 are multi-stage connected.
- the power amplifier circuit LDMH is a power amplifier circuit for DCS1800 and has a multi-stage configuration in which a plurality of amplifier stages (amplifier circuit), in this case, three amplifier stages (amplifier circuit) LDMH 1 , LDMH 2 and LDMH 3 are multi-stage connected.
- the matching circuit (input matching circuit) 105 A is provided between an input terminal 104 a for GSM900 and the power amplifier circuit LDML (first amplifier stage LDML 1 ), and the matching circuit (input matching circuit) 105 B is provided between an input terminal 104 b for DCS1800 and the power amplifier circuit LDMH (first amplifier stage LDMH 1 ).
- the matching circuit (output matching circuit) 107 A is provided between the switch circuit 109 A for GSM900 and the power amplifier circuit LDML (third amplifier stage LDML 3 ), and the matching circuit (output matching circuit) 107 B is provided between the switch circuit 109 B for DCS1800 and the power amplifier circuit LDMH (third amplifier stage LDMH 3 ).
- the low-pass filter 108 A for GSM900 is provided between the matching circuit 107 A and the switch circuit 109 A for GSM900, and an output of the power amplifier circuit LDML is inputted thereto through the matching circuit 107 A.
- the low-pass filter 108 B for DCS1800 is provided between the matching circuit 107 B and the switch circuit 109 B for DCS1800, and an output of the power amplifier circuit LDMH is inputted thereto through the matching circuit 107 B.
- an interstage matching circuit 102 AM 1 is provided between the amplifier stage LDML 1 and the amplifier stage LDML 2 of the power amplifier circuit LDML for GSM900, and an interstage matching circuit 102 AM 2 is provided between the amplifier stage LDML 2 and the amplifier stage LDML 3 .
- an interstage matching circuit 102 BM 1 is provided between the amplifier stage LDMH 1 and the amplifier stage LDMH 2 of the power amplifier circuit LDMH for DCS1800, and an interstage matching circuit 102 BM 2 is provided between the amplifier stage LDMH 2 and the amplifier stage LDMH 3 .
- Each of the matching circuits is provided for the impedance matching, and the low-pass filters 108 A and 108 B attenuate the harmonics (harmonic components generated in the power amplifier circuits LDML and LDMH).
- the power amplifier circuit LDML for GSM900 (amplifier stages LDML 1 to LDML 3 ), the power amplifier circuit LDMH for DCS1800 (amplifier stages LDMH 1 to LDMH 3 ) and the peripheral circuit 103 are formed in one semiconductor chip (semiconductor amplifier element chip, radio-frequency power amplifier element chip, semiconductor device) 2 .
- the amplifier stages LDML 1 to LDML 3 making up the power amplifier circuit LDML and the amplifier stages LDMH 1 to LDMH 3 making up the power amplifier circuit LDMH are formed in the semiconductor chip 2 , it does not matter if the interstage matching circuits 102 AM 1 , 102 AM 2 , 102 BM 1 and 102 BM 2 are formed in the semiconductor chip 2 or outside the semiconductor chip 2 .
- the peripheral circuit 103 is a circuit for controlling and supporting the amplification of the power amplifier circuits LDML and LDMH or controlling the switch circuits 109 A and 109 B, and it includes control circuits 103 A and 103 C, a bias circuit 103 B for applying bias voltage to the amplifier stages LDML 1 to LDML 3 and LDMH 1 to LDMH 3 and others.
- the control circuit 103 A is a circuit which generates a desired voltage to be applied to the power amplifier circuits LDML and LDMH, and it includes a power supply control circuit 103 A 1 and a bias voltage generation circuit 103 A 2 .
- the power supply control circuit 103 A 1 is a circuit which generates a first power supply voltage to be applied to drain terminals of the respective output amplifier elements (in this case, LDMOSFET) of the amplifier stages TDML 1 to LDML 3 and LDMH 1 to LDMH 3 .
- the bias voltage generation circuit 103 A 2 is a circuit which generates a first control voltage for controlling the bias circuit 103 B.
- the bias voltage generation circuit 103 A 2 when the power supply control circuit 103 A 1 generates the first power supply voltage based on an output level specification signal supplied from an external base band circuit, the bias voltage generation circuit 103 A 2 generates the first control voltage based on the first power supply voltage generated in the power supply control circuit 103 A 1 .
- the base band circuit is a circuit which generates the output level specification signal.
- This output level specification signal is a signal which specifies the output level of the power amplifier circuits LDML and LDMH, and it is generated based on a distance between a mobile phone system and a base station, that is, an output level in accordance with the amplitude of radio waves.
- the control circuit 103 C is a circuit which controls the switch circuits 109 A and 109 B.
- the switch circuit 109 A for switching the transmission and reception of GSM900 connects a terminal 106 to an output side of the low-pass filter 108 A in accordance with a switch signal from the control circuit 103 C at the time of transmission of GSM900 and connects the terminal 106 to a terminal 110 a at the time of reception of GSM900.
- the switch circuit 109 B for switching the transmission and reception of DCS1800 connects the terminal 106 to an output side of the low-pass filter 108 B in accordance with the switch signal from the control circuit 103 C at the time of transmission of DCS1800 and connects the terminal 106 to a terminal 110 b at the time of reception of DCS1800.
- An RF input signal inputted to the input terminal 104 a for GSM900 of the power amplifier module 1 is inputted to the semiconductor chip 2 through the matching circuit 105 A, amplified by the power amplifier circuit LDML, that is, the three amplifier stages LDML 1 to LDML 3 in the semiconductor chip 2 , and then outputted as an amplified RF signal (RF signal of GSM900) from the semiconductor chip 2 .
- the RF signal of GSM900 amplified and outputted from the semiconductor chip 2 is inputted to the switch circuit 109 A through the matching circuit 107 A and the low-pass filter 108 A.
- the switch circuit 109 A When the switch circuit 109 A is switched so as to connect the terminal 106 to the output side of the low-pass filter 108 A, the RF signal inputted to the switch circuit 109 A through the low-pass filter 108 A is outputted as the RF output signal of GSM900 from the terminal 106 and then transmitted from the antenna ANT.
- the RF input signal inputted to the input terminal 104 b for DCS1800 of the power amplifier module 1 is inputted to the semiconductor chip 2 through the matching circuit 105 B, amplified by the power amplifier circuit LDMH, that is, the three amplifier stages LDMH 1 to LDMH 3 in the semiconductor chip 2 , and then outputted as an amplified RF signal (RF signal of DCS1800) from the semiconductor chip 2 .
- the RF signal of DCS1800 amplified and outputted from the semiconductor chip 2 is inputted to the switch circuit 109 B through the matching circuit 107 B and the low-pass filter 108 B.
- the switch circuit 109 B When the switch circuit 109 B is switched so as to connect the terminal 106 to the output side of the low-pass filter 108 B, the RF signal inputted to the switch circuit 109 B through the low-pass filter 1083 is outputted as the RF output signal of DCS1800 from the terminal 106 and then transmitted from the antenna ANT.
- an input signal (for example, control signal) inputted to the input terminal 104 c of the power amplifier module 1 is inputted to the peripheral circuit 103 , and the peripheral circuit 103 can perform the control of the power amplifier circuits LDML and LDMH and the control of the switch circuits 109 A and 109 B based on the input signal.
- the switch circuits 109 A and 109 B correspond to the antenna switch ANT-SW shown in FIG. 1
- the power amplifier module 1 of the present embodiment shown in FIG. 2 corresponds to the case where the antenna switch ANT-SW shown in FIG. 1 is also incorporated in the power amplifier module 1 .
- the antenna switch ANT-SW may be provided outside the power amplifier module 1 .
- Each of the power amplifier circuits LDML and LDMH has the circuit configuration in which three n channel LDMOSFETs (Laterally Diffused Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor) are sequentially cascade-connected (multi-stage connected) as the three amplifier stages TDML 1 to LDML 3 and LDMH 1 to LDMH 3 . More specifically, each of the amplifier stages LDML 1 , LDML 2 , LDML 3 , LDMH 1 , LDMH 2 and LDMH 3 is formed of an n channel LDMOSFET element.
- LDMOSFETs Layer Diffused Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor
- the three n channel LDMOSFETs (that is, the n channel LDMOSFET making up the amplifier stage LDML 1 , the n channel LDMOSFET making up the amplifier stage LDML 2 and the n channel LDMOSFET making up the amplifier stage LDML 3 ) are sequentially connected (multi-stage connected) to form the power amplifier circuit LDML.
- the input terminal 104 a for GSM900 is electrically connected to a gate of the n channel LDMOSFET making up the amplifier stage LDML 1 through the matching circuit 105 A, and a drain of the n channel LDMOSFET making up the amplifier stage LDML 1 is electrically connected to a gate of the n channel LDMOSFET making up the amplifier stage LDML 2 through the matching circuit 102 AM 1 .
- a drain of the n channel LDMOSFET making up the amplifier stage LDML 2 is electrically connected to a gate of the n channel LDMOSFET making up the amplifier stage LDML 3 through the matching circuit 102 AM 2
- a drain of the n channel TDMOSFET making up the amplifier stage LDML 3 is electrically connected to the low-pass filter 108 A through the matching circuit 107 A.
- the three n channel LDMOSFETs (that is, the n channel LDMOSFET making up the amplifier stage LDMH 1 , the n channel LDMOSFET making up the amplifier stage LDMH 2 and the n channel LDMOSFET making up the amplifier stage LDMH 3 ) are sequentially connected (multi-stage connected) to form the power amplifier circuit LDMH.
- the input terminal 104 b for DCS1800 is electrically connected to a gate of the n channel LDMOSFET making up the amplifier stage LDMH 1 through the matching circuit 105 B, and a drain of the n channel LDMOSFET making up the amplifier stage LDMH 1 is electrically connected to a gate of the n channel LDMOSFET making up the amplifier stage LDMH 2 through the matching circuit 102 BM 1 .
- a drain of the n channel LDMOSFET making up the amplifier stage LDMH 2 is electrically connected to a gate of the n channel LDMOSFET making up the amplifier stage LDMH 3 through the matching circuit 102 BM 2
- a drain of the n channel LDMOSFET making up the amplifier stage LDMH 3 is electrically connected to the low-pass filter 108 B through the matching circuit 107 B.
- each of the power amplifier circuits LDML and LDMH has the circuit configuration in which two n channel LDMOSFETs or four or more n channel LDMOSFETs are cascade-connected.
- FIG. 3 is a conceptual top view (top perspective view, plan view) showing the structure of the power amplifier module 1 of the present embodiment
- FIG. 4 is a conceptual bottom view (plan view) of the power amplifier module 1 of the present embodiment
- FIG. 5 is a conceptual cross-sectional view (side cross-sectional view) of the power amplifier module 1 of the present embodiment.
- FIG. 3 shows the state seen through a sealing resin 7 .
- FIG. 3 corresponds to a plan view
- FIG. 5 corresponds to a cross-sectional view and each of them shows a conceptual structure of the power amplifier module 1 , and the cross section taken at a predetermined position of the structure of FIG. 3 does not completely conform to the cross-sectional view of FIG. 5 .
- FIG. 3 is a plan view, hatching is used for the semiconductor chips 2 and 4 , a passive component 5 and an integrated passive component 6 so as to make the drawing easy to see.
- the power amplifier module 1 of the present embodiment shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 5 includes a wiring board 3 , the semiconductor chips 2 and 4 mounted on the wiring board 3 , the passive component 5 mounted on the wiring board 3 , the integrated passive component 6 mounted on the wiring board 3 , and the sealing resin (sealing portion, sealing resin portion) 7 covering the upper surface of the wiring board 3 including the semiconductor chips 2 and 4 , the passive component 5 and the integrated passive component 6 .
- the semiconductor chip 2 is a semiconductor chip in which the semiconductor integrated circuit corresponding to the circuit configuration enclosed by dotted lines showing the semiconductor chip 2 in the circuit block diagram of FIG. 2 is formed. Therefore, LDMOSFET elements (corresponding to LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 1 to REGL 3 and REGH 1 to REGH 3 described later) as the semiconductor amplifier elements making up the amplifier stages LDML 1 to LDML 3 and LDMH 1 to LDMH 3 of the power amplifier circuits LDML and LDMH and the semiconductor elements making up the peripheral circuit 103 are formed in the semiconductor chip 2 (or on the surface portion thereof).
- the interstage matching circuits 102 AM 1 , 102 AM 2 , 102 BM 1 and 102 BM 2 may be formed of passive elements in the semiconductor chip 2 or may be formed of the passive component 5 outside the semiconductor chip 2 .
- a plurality of bump electrodes (protruding electrode) BP are formed on a front surface (main surface on a side of forming semiconductor elements) 2 a of the semiconductor chip 2 .
- the bump electrode BP is, for example, a solder bump.
- a gold bump may be used as the bump electrode BP.
- the bump electrode BP is electrically connected to an element (semiconductor element or passive element) or a semiconductor integrated circuit formed in the semiconductor chip 2 .
- the front surface 2 a and a rear surface 2 b of the semiconductor chip 2 are mutually opposite main surfaces of the semiconductor chip 2 , and the front surface 2 a is the main surface on a side of forming the bump electrodes BP (main surface on a side of forming semiconductor elements).
- the semiconductor chip 2 mentioned here is formed in the following manner. That is, after forming semiconductor integrated circuits on a semiconductor substrate (semiconductor wafer) made of single crystal silicon or others, a rear surface of the semiconductor substrate is ground according to need, and then, the semiconductor substrate is separated into respective semiconductor chips 2 by dicing or others. The manufacturing process and the structure of the semiconductor chip 2 will be described later in detail.
- the semiconductor chip 2 is flip-chip mounted (flip-chip connected) on an upper surface (main surface) 3 a of the wiring board 3 . More specifically, the semiconductor chip 2 is mounted on the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 so that the rear surface 2 b thereof is directed upward and the front surface 2 a thereof faces the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 . Therefore, the semiconductor chip 2 is face-down bonded on the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 .
- the bump electrode BP on the front surface 2 a of the semiconductor chip 2 is mechanically and electrically connected (bonded) to a conductive land (land pattern, terminal, electrode) LP on the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 .
- the semiconductor chip 4 is a semiconductor chip in which the semiconductor integrated circuit corresponding to the circuit configuration enclosed by dotted lines showing the semiconductor chip 4 in the circuit block diagram of FIG. 2 is formed. Therefore, the switch circuits 109 A and 109 B are formed in the semiconductor chip 4 .
- the switch circuits 109 A and 109 B are formed of HEMT (High Electron Mobility Transistor) elements and others.
- the semiconductor chip 4 mentioned here is formed in the following manner. That is, after forming semiconductor integrated circuits on a semiconductor substrate (semiconductor wafer) made of GaAs or others, a rear surface of the semiconductor substrate is ground according to need, and then, the semiconductor substrate is separated into respective semiconductor chips 4 by dicing or others.
- the semiconductor chip 4 is die-bonded in a face-up manner to a chip-mounting conductor pattern 11 on the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 by a bonding material such as solder 12 .
- a plurality of pad electrodes 13 formed on the front surface of the semiconductor chip 4 are electrically connected to the lands LP on the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 via bonding wires (conductive wire) 14 , respectively.
- the semiconductor chip 4 can be face-down mounted on the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 , and the bump electrodes of the semiconductor chip 4 can be connected (flip-chip connected) to the lands LP on the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 .
- the passive component 5 is made up of a passive element such as a resistor element (for example, chip resistor), a capacitor element (for example, chip capacitor) or an inductor element (for example, chip inductor) and is made up of, for example, a chip component.
- the passive component 5 is, for example, the passive component making up the matching circuits 105 A, 105 B, 107 A, 107 B and others shown in FIG. 2 .
- the passive element making up the interstage matching circuits 102 AM 1 , 102 AM 2 , 102 BM 1 and 102 BM 2 may be formed inside the semiconductor chip 2 or may be formed of the passive component 5 instead of forming it inside the semiconductor chip 2 .
- the passive component 5 is mounted on the land LP on the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 by a conductive bonding material such as the solder 12 .
- the integrated passive component 6 is an integrated passive device (IPD) making up the low-pass filters 108 A and 108 B.
- IPD integrated passive device
- An inductor element and a capacitor element making up the low-pass filters 108 A and 108 B are formed in the integrated passive component 6 .
- Two integrated passive components 6 are mounted on the wiring board 3 , and one is for the low-pass filter 108 A and the other is for the low-pass filter 108 B.
- a plurality of bump electrodes 15 are formed on the front surface of the integrated passive component 6 , and the integrated passive component 6 is flip-chip mounted on the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 . More specifically, the integrated passive component 6 is face-down mounted on the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 , and the bump electrodes of the integrated passive component 6 are bonded and electrically connected to the lands LP on the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 .
- the integrated passive component 6 can be face-up mounted on the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 , and the pad electrodes of the integrated passive component 6 can be connected to the lands LP on the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 by bonding wires.
- the sealing resin 7 is formed on the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 so as to cover the semiconductor chips 2 and 4 , the passive component 5 , the integrated passive component 6 and the bonding wires 14 .
- the sealing resin 7 is made of, for example, a resin material such as epoxy resin or silicone resin and may contain filler.
- the wiring board 3 is a multilayer wiring board (multilayer board) obtained by stacking and integrating a plurality of insulating layers (dielectric layer) and a plurality of conductor layers (wiring layer).
- the wiring board 3 has a core layer (base layer, base, support insulating layer, insulating layer) CR 1 and prepreg layers (insulating layer) PP 1 and PP 2 provided on both upper and lower surfaces of the core layer CR 1 . Therefore, the core layer CR 1 , the prepreg layer PP 1 and the prepreg layer PP 2 are all insulating films making up the wiring board 3 .
- Conductor layers are formed on the upper surface (front surface, main surface) 3 a and the lower surface (rear surface) 3 b of the wiring board 3 and between the insulating layers, and the conductor layers (conductor layers 71 and 74 described later) on the upper surface 3 a and the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 are illustrated in FIG. 5 , but the illustration of the conductor layers (conductor layers 72 and 73 described later) between the insulating layers is omitted.
- the upper surface 3 a and the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 are mutually opposite main surfaces of the wiring board 3 , and the upper surface 3 a is the main surface on the side of mounting the semiconductor chip 2 .
- the lands LP, wiring patterns WP and the chip-mounting conductor patterns 11 are formed from the pattern of the uppermost conductor layer (corresponding to conductor layer 71 described later) of the wiring board 3 on the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 .
- the land LP is a portion connected to the bump BP of the semiconductor chip 2 , a portion electrically connected to the pad electrode 13 of the semiconductor chip 4 via the bonding wire 14 , a portion connected to an electrode of the passive component 5 , and a portion connected to the bump electrode 15 of the integrated passive component 6 .
- the wiring pattern WP is a portion interconnecting the lands LP according to need.
- the chip-mounting conductor pattern 11 is a portion on which the semiconductor chip 4 is mounted.
- the land LP connected to the bump electrode BP of the semiconductor chip 2 the land LP connected to the electrode of the passive component 5 and the land LP connected to the bump electrode 15 of the integrated passive component 6 are shown in the cross-sectional view of FIG. 5 , but are not illustrated in the plan view of FIG. 3 because they are hidden under the semiconductor chip 2 , the passive component 5 and the integrated passive component 6 .
- solder resist layer (corresponding to solder resist layer SR 1 described later though not illustrated in FIG. 3 and FIG. 5 ) is formed on the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 and the land LP is exposed from an opening provided in the solder resist layer, but the wiring pattern WP is covered with the solder resist layer.
- a rear-surface terminal (terminal, electrode, external connection terminal) TE 1 and a rear-surface terminal (terminal, electrode, external connection terminal) TE 2 are formed of the pattern of the lowermost conductor layer (corresponding to conductor layer 74 described later) of the wiring board 3 on the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 .
- the rear-surface terminals TE 1 and TE 2 correspond to the external connection terminals of the power amplifier module 1 .
- the rectangular rear-surface terminal TE 2 is formed in the center and a plurality of rectangular rear-surface terminals TE 1 are formed along the periphery of the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 so as to surround the rear-surface terminal TE 2 .
- the rear-surface terminal TE 2 formed in the center of the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 is larger in size than the rear-surface terminals TE 1 formed in the periphery of the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 , and the rear-surface terminal TE 2 functions as a reference potential terminal to which the reference potential (more specifically, ground potential) is applied.
- the plurality of rear-surface terminals TE 1 formed in the periphery of the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 include a signal terminal, a power supply potential terminal and others. Also, a solder resist layer (corresponding to solder resist layer SR 2 described later though not illustrated in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 ) is formed on the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 , and the rear-surface terminals TE 1 and TE 2 are exposed from an opening provided in the solder resist layer.
- each of the conductor patterns (wiring layer) making up the wiring board 3 is electrically connected through vias (via hole) VH 1 , VH 2 and VH 3 formed in the insulating layers making up the wiring board 3 according to need.
- the via VH 1 is a via formed in the core layer CR 1
- the via VH 2 is a via formed in the prepreg layer PP 1
- the via VH 3 is a via formed in the prepreg layer PP 2 .
- a via or a via hole in the wiring board in the present application means not only a hole (penetration hole, opening portion, through hole) formed in the insulating layer making up the wiring board but a hole including a conductive film or a conductor formed on an inner wall of the hole or formed to fill the hole.
- the lands LP formed on the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 are interconnected through the wiring pattern WP formed on the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 , the pattern of the conductor layer and the vias VH 1 , VH 2 and VH 3 formed inside the wiring board 3 according to need and are electrically connected to the rear-surface terminals TE 1 and TE 2 formed on the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 .
- the rear-surface terminal TE 2 which supplies the ground potential is electrically connected to some of the bump electrodes BP (corresponding to bump electrodes BP to which ground potential is to be supplied and including a source bump BPS described later) of the semiconductor chip 2 mounted on the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 through the vias VH 1 , VH 2 and VH 3 of the wiring board 3 .
- the source bump BPS described later of the semiconductor chip 2 and the rear-surface terminal TE 2 of the wiring board 3 are electrically connected through the vias VH 1 , VH 2 and VH 3 and the heat of the semiconductor chip 2 is conducted to the rear-surface terminal TE 2 of the wiring board 3 from the source bump BPS described later of the semiconductor chip 2 through the vias VH 1 , VH 2 and VH 3 , and this will be described later in detail.
- the heat conducted from the semiconductor chip 2 to the rear-surface terminal TE 2 through the bump electrode BP and the vias VH 1 , VH 2 and VH 3 is dissipated to the outside of the power amplifier module 1 from the rear-surface terminal TE 2 , and when the rear-surface terminal TE 2 is connected to the terminal 23 b of a mounting board 21 as described later, the heat is dissipated to the side of the mounting board 21 . Therefore, the rear-surface terminal TE 2 formed in the center of the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 has a large area so as to improve the heat-dissipation properties.
- the configuration of the vias VH 1 , VH 2 and VH 3 will be described later in more detail.
- FIG. 6 is a side view schematically showing the state where the power amplifier module 1 of the present embodiment is mounted on the mounting board (wiring board, mother board, external circuit board) 21 .
- the power amplifier module 1 and another component 22 are mounted on an upper surface 21 a of the mounting board 21 .
- the rear-surface terminal TE 1 of the power amplifier module 1 is bonded via a conductive bonding material such as solder 24 and electrically connected to a terminal 23 a of the mounting board 21
- the rear-surface terminal TE 2 of the power amplifier module 1 is bonded via a conductive bonding material such as solder 24 and electrically connected to a terminal (reference potential supply terminal) 23 b of the mounting board 21 .
- the electrode of the component 22 is bonded via a conductive bonding material such as the solder 24 and electrically connected to a terminal 23 c of the mounting board 21 . Therefore, the reference potential (ground potential) can be supplied to the power amplifier module 1 from the terminal (reference potential supply terminal) 23 b of the mounting board 21 through the solder 24 and the rear-surface terminal TE 2 .
- a wiring-board base body (to be wiring boards 3 after the cutting process described later) is prepared, and the semiconductor chip 2 , the semiconductor chip 4 , the passive component 5 and the integrated passive component 6 are mounted on this wiring-board base body.
- the semiconductor chip 2 is flip-chip mounted, and the plurality of bump electrodes BP of the semiconductor chip 2 are electrically and mechanically connected to the plurality of corresponding lands LP of the wiring-board base body, respectively.
- the plurality of pad electrodes 13 of the semiconductor chip 4 and the plurality of corresponding lands LP of the wiring-board base body are electrically connected via the plurality of bonding wires 14 , respectively.
- the sealing resin 7 is formed on the upper surface of the wiring-board base body so as to cover the semiconductor chips 2 and 4 , the passive component 5 and the integrated passive component 6 , and then, the wiring-board base body and the sealing resin 7 are cut by dicing or others. In this manner, the power amplifier module 1 can be manufactured.
- the wiring-board base body after the cutting corresponds to the above-described wiring board 3 .
- FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view (side cross-sectional view) showing a power amplifier module 201 of a comparative example, and it corresponds to FIG. 5 of the present embodiment.
- semiconductor chips 202 and 204 (corresponding to the semiconductor chips 2 and 4 , respectively), a passive component 205 and an integrated passive component 206 (corresponding to the passive component 5 and the integrated passive component 6 , respectively) are mounted on an upper surface of a wiring board 203 , and sealing resin 207 (corresponding to the sealing resin 7 ) is formed so as to cover them.
- the semiconductor chip 202 corresponding to the semiconductor chip 2 is die-bonded in a face-up manner on the upper surface of the wiring board 203 , and pad electrodes PD on a front surface of the semiconductor chip 202 are electrically connected to lands LP 201 on the upper surface of the wiring board 203 via bonding wires 214 .
- the rear-surface electrode BE formed on a rear surface of the semiconductor chip 202 is connected via a conductive bonding material such as solder 212 to a chip-mounting conductor pattern 211 on the upper surface of the wiring board 203 .
- a pad electrode of the semiconductor chip 204 denotes a pad electrode of the semiconductor chip 204
- the reference symbol 215 denotes a bump electrode of the integrated passive component 206
- a reference symbol VH 201 denotes a via (via hole) of the wiring board 203
- reference symbols TE 201 and TE 202 denote rear-surface terminals corresponding to the rear-surface terminals TE 1 and TE 2 of the present embodiment, respectively.
- a bonding wire 209 is used for the connection between the pad electrode PD of the semiconductor chip 202 and the land LP 201 of the wiring board 203 .
- a certain interval for example, about several hundreds ⁇ m
- an unnecessary region (not necessary for electric circuits, but required for disposing the bonding wire 209 ) is formed around the region for mounting the semiconductor chip 202 on the wiring board 203 . Therefore, planar dimensions of the wiring board are increased and the planar dimensions of the power amplifier module are enlarged.
- the semiconductor chip 2 is face-down bonded and flip-chip mounted on the wiring board 3 as described above, and the bump electrode BP of the semiconductor chip 2 is connected to the land LP of the wiring board 3 . Therefore, it is not required to provide the unnecessary region as described above around the mounting region of the semiconductor chip 2 on the wiring board 3 .
- the connecting portion of the bump electrode BP of the semiconductor chip 2 and the land LP of the wiring board 3 is located below the semiconductor chip 2 , and the region corresponding to the above-described unnecessary region is not present around the mounting region of the semiconductor chip 2 .
- the mounting area of the semiconductor chip 2 on the wiring board 3 can be reduced, and therefore, the planar dimensions of the wiring board 3 can be reduced and the planar dimensions of the power amplifier module 1 can be miniaturized.
- the power amplifier module 201 of the comparative example shown in FIG. 7 since the semiconductor chip 202 is face-up bonded, the rear surface of the semiconductor chip 202 (rear-surface electrode BE) can be directly bonded to the chip-mounting conductor pattern 211 on the upper surface of the wiring board 203 via the solder 212 and others. Therefore, the heat generated in the semiconductor chip 202 can be conducted to the wiring board 203 from the entire rear surface of the semiconductor chip 202 , and the power amplifier module 201 of the comparative example is excellent in heat dissipation properties.
- the semiconductor chip 2 since the semiconductor chip 2 is face-up bonded on the wiring board 3 , the rear surface of the semiconductor chip 2 cannot be directly connected to the wiring board 3 and the heat generated in the semiconductor chip 2 is conducted to the wiring board 3 via the bump electrode BP.
- the planar dimensions of the bump electrode BP are considerably smaller than the planar dimensions of the semiconductor chip 2 .
- the bump connecting method (flip-chip mounting method) adopted for the connecting method of the semiconductor chip 2 in the present embodiment is disadvantageous in the heat dissipation properties of a semiconductor chip when compared with the face-up die-bonding method adopted for the connecting method of the semiconductor chip 202 in the power amplifier module 201 of the comparative example shown in FIG. 7 .
- the LDMOSFETs making up the amplifier stages LDML 1 to LDML 3 and LDMH 1 to LDMH 3 are formed in the semiconductor chip 2 as described above, the heating value of the semiconductor chip 2 is extremely large. Therefore, in the power amplifier module 1 of the present embodiment, the improvement of the heat dissipation properties from the semiconductor chip 2 to the wiring board 3 is extremely important.
- the improvement of the heat dissipation properties is achieved by devising the structure of the semiconductor chip 2 and the structure of the wiring board 3 (in particular, structure of vias). First, the structure of the semiconductor chip 2 will be described.
- FIG. 8 is a plan view (plan layout view) of the semiconductor chip 2 of the present embodiment, and it shows a circuit layout example of the semiconductor chip 2 .
- FIG. 8 is a plan view, the hatching is used for the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 1 to REGL 3 and REGH 1 to REGH 3 and the bump electrodes BP so as to make the drawing easy to see.
- the region in which the LDMOSFET element making up the first amplifier stage LDML 1 for GSM900 is formed is denoted by a reference symbol REGL 1 and shown as the LDMOSFET formation region REGL 1
- the region in which the TDMOSFET element making up the second amplifier stage LDML 2 for GSM900 is formed is denoted by a reference symbol REGL 2 and shown as the LDMOSFET formation region REGL 2
- the region in which the LDMOSFET element making up the third amplifier stage LDML 3 (final amplifier stage) for GSM900 is formed is denoted by a reference symbol REGL 3 and shown as the LDMOSFET formation region REGL 3 .
- the region in which the LDMOSFET element making up the first amplifier stage LDMH 1 for DCS1800 is formed is denoted by a reference symbol REGH 1 and shown as the LDMOSFET formation region REGH 1
- the region in which the LDMOSFET element making up the second amplifier stage LDMH 2 for DCS1800 is formed is denoted by a reference symbol REGH 2 and shown as the LDMOSFET formation region REGH 2
- the region in which the LDMOSFET element making up the third amplifier stage LDMH 3 (final amplifier stage) for DCS1800 is formed is denoted by a reference symbol REGH 3 and shown as the LDMOSFET formation region REGH 3 .
- the semiconductor chip 2 has an element formation region 133 in which a capacitor element, a resistor element or a control MOSFET is formed, and each of the elements formed in the element formation region 133 corresponds to the element making up the above-described peripheral circuit 103 and others. Also, a plurality of bump electrodes BP are formed on the front surface of the semiconductor chip 2 .
- the bump electrodes BP include drain bumps BPD 1 , BPD 2 , BPD 3 , BPD 4 , BPD 5 and BPD 6 which are the bump electrodes BP for drain, source bumps BPS 1 , BPS 2 , BPS 3 , BPS 4 , BPS 5 and BPS 6 which are the bump electrodes BP for source, and gate bumps BPG 1 , BPG 2 , BPG 3 , BPG 4 , BPG 5 and BPG 6 which are the bump electrode BP for gate.
- the bump electrodes BP include bump electrodes BP 1 used for the input of a control signal and the output of a detection signal.
- the gate bump BPG 1 is a bump electrode for input (bump electrode for inputting an RF signal through the above-described matching circuit 105 A) electrically connected to the gate electrode of the LDMOSFET formation region REGL 1 .
- the drain bump BPD 1 is a bump electrode for output (bump electrode for outputting an RF signal amplified in the LDMOSFET formation region REGL 1 ) electrically connected to the drain of the LDMOSFET formation region REGL 1 .
- the source bump BPS 1 is a bump electrode electrically connected to the source of the LDMOSFET formation region REGL 1 .
- the gate bump BPG 2 is a bump electrode for input (bump electrode for inputting an RF signal through the above-described matching circuit 102 AM 1 ) electrically connected to the gate electrode of the LDMOSFET formation region REGL 2 .
- the drain bump BPD 2 is a bump electrode for output (bump electrode for outputting an RF signal amplified in the LDMOSFET formation region REGL 2 ) electrically connected to the drain of the LDMOSFET formation region REGL 2 .
- the source bump BPS 2 is a bump electrode electrically connected to the source of the LDMOSFET formation region REGL 2 .
- the gate bump BPG 3 is a bump electrode for input (bump electrode for inputting an RF signal through the above-described matching circuit 102 AM 2 ) electrically connected to the gate electrode of the LDMOSFET formation region REGL 3 .
- the drain bump BPD 3 is a bump electrode for output (bump electrode for outputting an RF signal amplified in the LDMOSFET formation region REGL 3 ) electrically connected to the drain of the LDMOSFET formation region REGL 3 .
- the source bump BPS 3 is a bump electrode electrically connected to the source of the LDMOSFET formation region REGL 3 .
- the gate bump BPG 4 is a bump electrode for input (bump electrode for inputting an RF signal through the above-described matching circuit 105 B) electrically connected to the gate electrode of the LDMOSFET formation region REGH 1 .
- the drain bump BPD 4 is a bump electrode for output (bump electrode for outputting an RF signal amplified in the LDMOSFET formation region REGH 1 ) electrically connected to the drain of the LDMOSFET formation region REGH 1 .
- the source bump BPS 4 is a bump electrode electrically connected to the source of the LDMOSFET formation region REGH 1 .
- the gate bump BPG 5 is a bump electrode for input (bump electrode for inputting an RF signal through the above-described matching circuit 102 BM 1 ) electrically connected to the gate electrode of the LDMOSFET formation region REGH 2 .
- the drain bump BPD 5 is a bump electrode for output (bump electrode for outputting an RF signal amplified in the LDMOSFET formation region REGH 2 ) electrically connected to the drain of the LDMOSFET formation region REGH 2 .
- the source bump BPS 5 is a bump electrode electrically connected to the source of the LDMOSFET formation region REGH 2 .
- the gate bump BPG 6 is a bump electrode for input (bump electrode for inputting an RF signal through the above-described matching circuit 102 BM 2 ) electrically connected to the gate electrode of the LDMOSFET formation region REGH 3 .
- the drain bump BPD 6 is a bump electrode for output (bump electrode for outputting an RF signal amplified in the LDMOSFET formation region REGH 3 ) electrically connected to the drain of the LDMOSFET formation region REGH 3 .
- the source bump BPS 6 is a bump electrode electrically connected to the source of the LDMOSFET formation region REGH 3 .
- the regions in each of which each of the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 1 , REGL 2 , REGL 3 , REGH 1 , REGH 2 and REGH 3 is formed and each of the element formation regions 133 are electrically isolated from each other by element isolation regions (corresponding to element isolation region 32 described later) made of a buried oxide film formed between each of the regions. Also, an internal wiring of the semiconductor chip 2 electrically connects between the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 1 , REGL 2 , REGL 3 , REGH 1 , REGH 2 and REGH 3 and the element formation region 133 and between these regions and the bump electrodes BP according to need.
- the heat is apt to be generated from the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 1 , REGL 2 , REGL 3 , REGH 1 , REGH 2 and REGH 3 making up the amplifier circuit, and among these, the heating value is particularly large in the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 3 and REGH 3 corresponding to the final amplifier stages LDML 3 and LDMH 3 .
- the semiconductor chip 2 since the semiconductor chip 2 is mounted on the wiring board 3 via the bump electrodes BP, the heat of the semiconductor chip 2 is dissipated to the side of the wiring board 3 through the bump electrodes BP.
- the bump electrodes BP are disposed just above the heat generating portion of the semiconductor chip 2 , the heat generated in the semiconductor chip 2 can be dissipated to the wiring board 3 through the shortest path via the bump electrodes BP, and it is extremely preferable in view of the improvement in the heat dissipation properties.
- the source bumps are disposed on each of the LDMOSFET formation regions. More specifically, in the present embodiment, the source bump BPS 3 is disposed on the LDMOSFET formation region REGL 3 , and the source bump BPS 6 is disposed on the LDMOSFET formation region REGH 3 .
- the source bumps BPS 3 and BPS 6 disposed on the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 3 and REGH 3 it is also preferable to dispose the source bumps BPS 1 , BPS 2 , BPS 4 and BPS 5 on the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 1 , REGL 2 , REGH 1 and REGH 2 , respectively.
- the heat generated in the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 1 , REGL 2 , REGL 3 , REGH 1 , REGH 2 and REGH 3 (in particular, LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 3 and REGH 3 ) of the semiconductor chip 2 can be dissipated to the side of the wiring board 3 through the source bumps BPS 1 to BPS 6 (in particular, source bumps BPS 3 and BPS 6 ) disposed directly above them.
- the heat dissipation properties of the semiconductor chip 2 can be improved, and the performance (heat dissipation properties) of the power amplifier module 1 can be improved.
- source bumps, gate bumps and drain bumps are provided for each of the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 1 , REGL 2 , REGL 3 , REGH 1 , REGH 2 and REGH 3
- the bump electrodes disposed on the LDMOSFET formation regions in the present embodiment are not gate bumps and drain bumps but source bumps. The reason therefor is as follows.
- the source bumps BPS 1 to BPS 6 can be electrically and thermally connected to the rear-surface terminal TE 2 with a large area on the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 through the vias VH 1 , VH 2 and VH 3 of the wiring board 3 .
- the heat generated in the LDMOSFET formation regions can be efficiently dissipated through the source bumps of the semiconductor chip 2 and the vias VH 1 , VH 2 and VH 3 of the wiring board 3 to the rear-surface terminal TE 2 on the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 existing below the semiconductor chip 2 .
- the heat conducted to the rear-surface terminal TE 2 can be dissipated from the rear-surface terminal TE 2 to the outside of the power amplifier module 1 .
- the lands LP connected to the gate bumps BPG 1 to BPG 6 and the drain bumps BPD 1 to BPD 6 are led out to the outside of the mounting region of the semiconductor chip 2 on the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 by the wiring patterns WP or the like of the wiring board 3 .
- the lands LP connected to the source bumps BPS 1 to BPS 6 can ensure the thermal heat-dissipation path to the rear-surface terminal TE 2 on the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 through the vias VH 1 , VH 2 and VH 3 , whereas the lands LP connected to the gate bumps BPG 1 to BPG 6 and the drain bumps BPD 1 to BPD 6 are difficult to ensure the heat-dissipation path to the rear-surface terminal on the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 through the vias VH 1 , VH 2 and VH 3 .
- the heat generated in the LDMOSFET formation regions can be efficiently conducted to the side of the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 , and by this means, the heat-dissipation properties of the semiconductor chip 2 can be improved and the performance (heat-dissipation properties) of the power amplifier module 1 can be improved.
- the area reduction of the semiconductor chip 2 (reduction in chip size) can be achieved compared with the case where the source bumps are disposed in the upper portions outside the LDMOSFET formation regions because it is not necessary to specially ensure the source-bump disposing region in the semiconductor chip.
- the studies by the inventors of the present invention have revealed that there is the possibility that the failure occurs if the source bumps are simply disposed on the LDMOSFET formation regions.
- the external force (impact, pressure) of the probe is applied to the LDMOSFET formation region, and therefore, there is the possibility that the LDMOSFET element and the wiring structure formed in the LDMOSFET formation region are adversely affected.
- the configuration of the LDMOSFET formation regions in the semiconductor chip 2 and the source bumps, the drain bumps and the gate bumps connected thereto is devised in the following manner.
- FIG. 9 to FIG. 28 are cross-sectional views and plan views of the principal part in the manufacturing process of the semiconductor device (corresponding to the semiconductor chip 2 described above) of the present embodiment.
- a semiconductor substrate (hereinafter, simply referred to as substrate) 31 formed as a low-resistance substrate made of, for example, p + type silicon (Si) single crystal and having a resistivity (specific resistance) of, for example, about 1 to 10 m ⁇ cm is prepared as shown in FIG. 9 .
- an epitaxial layer (semiconductor layer) 32 made of, for example, p type single crystal silicon having a resistivity of about 20 ⁇ cm and a thickness of about 2 ⁇ m is formed on a main surface of the substrate (semiconductor substrate, semiconductor wafer) 31 by using the well-known epitaxial growth method.
- the epitaxial layer 32 is a semiconductor layer
- an impurity concentration of the epitaxial layer 32 is lower than that of the substrate 31 and the resistivity of the epitaxial layer 32 is higher than that of the substrate 31 . It is also possible to regard the substrate obtained by combining the substrate 31 and the epitaxial layer 32 as a semiconductor substrate.
- a p type polycrystalline silicon film is deposited on the epitaxial layer 32 including the inside of the trench by using the CVD method or the like. Thereafter, the p type polycrystalline silicon film outside the trench is removed by the etch-back method or the like.
- a p type buried layer (sinker, p type semiconductor layer) 33 made of the p type polycrystalline silicon film buried in the trench is formed.
- the p type buried layer 33 penetrates through the epitaxial layer 32 and a bottom of the p type buried layer 33 reaches the substrate 31 .
- the impurity concentration of the p type buried layer 33 is higher than that of the epitaxial layer 32 and the resistivity of the p type buried layer 33 is lower than that of the epitaxial layer 32 .
- the formation of the p type buried layer 33 is not essential, but for reducing the source resistance as much as possible, the formation of the p type buried layer 33 is more preferable. Further, it is also possible to form a buried layer having still lower parasitic resistance by filling the inside of the trench with a metal film instead of the polycrystalline silicon film.
- an element isolation region 34 made of an insulator is formed on a main surface of the epitaxial layer 32 by, for example, the STI (Shallow Trench Isolation) method or the LOCOS (Local Oxidization of Silicon) method.
- the element isolation region 34 can be formed in the epitaxial layer 32 by forming a trench in the epitaxial layer 32 by etching and then filling the trench with an insulating film such as a silicon oxide film.
- an active region 35 in which a cell of the LDMOSFET is to be formed is defined in the main surface of the substrate 31 (main surface of the epitaxial layer 32 ) as shown in FIG. 10 .
- the active region 35 is surrounded by the element isolation region 34 .
- FIG. 10 and FIG. 11 are plan views (plan views of principal part), hatching of diagonal lines is used for the active region 35 in FIG. 10 and hatching of dots is used for the active region 35 in FIG. 11 so as to make the drawings easy to see.
- the region REG 1 made up of a group of the active regions 35 will be the region corresponding to any one of the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 1 , REGL 2 , REG 3 , REGH 1 , REGH 2 and REGH 3 . Therefore, the region REG 1 is referred to as an LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 .
- FIG. 10 and FIG. 11 are plan views (plan views of principal part)
- hatching of diagonal lines is used for the active region 35 in FIG. 10
- hatching of dots is used for the active region 35 in FIG. 11 so as to make the drawings easy to see.
- the region REG 1 made up of a group of the active regions 35 will be the region corresponding to any one of the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 1 ,
- FIG. 10 shows any one of the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 1 , REGL 2 , REGL 3 , REGH 1 , REGH 2 and REGH 3 (in particular, the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 3 and REGH 3 ) and the region in which drain bump electrodes, gate bump electrodes and source bump electrodes connected to the LDMOSFET element of the LDMOSFET formation region are formed.
- FIG. 11 corresponds to an enlarged view of the region REG 2 enclosed by one-dot chain lines in FIG. 10 , and a gate electrode 39 to be formed later is shown by broken lines in FIG. 11 .
- FIG. 9 shows a cross section at the position almost corresponding to the line A 1 -A 1 of FIG. 11 .
- the Y direction shown in FIG. 10 and FIG. 11 corresponds to an extending direction of the gate electrode 39 , a drain region (first n ⁇ type drain region 40 , second n ⁇ type drain region 43 and n + type drain region 44 ) and a source region (n ⁇ type source region 41 and n + type source region 45 ) described later of the LDMOSFET formed in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1
- the X direction is a direction orthogonal to the Y direction. The same goes for the X direction and the Y direction in the following plan views.
- the source bump electrodes BPS, the drain bump electrodes BPD and the gate bump electrodes BPG described later are not yet formed in FIG. 10 and FIGS. 15 , 18 and 21 described later, the positions of the source bump electrodes BPS, the drain bump electrodes BPD and the gate bump electrodes BPG to be formed later are shown by broken lines so as to make the positional relation of respective constituent components easily understood.
- a p type impurity such as boron (B) is ion-implanted into a part of the epitaxial layer 32 with using a photoresist pattern (not shown) as an ion-implantation blocking mask, thereby forming a p type well (p type base region, p type semiconductor region) 37 for punch-through stopper.
- the p type well 37 has a function as a punch-through stopper which suppresses the extension of a depletion layer from the drain to the source of the LDMOSFET.
- the p type well 37 is formed mainly in the source formation region and the channel formation region of the LDMOSFET. Further, the p type well 37 is used also for the threshold adjustment of the LDMOSFET.
- the substrate 31 is subjected to the heat treatment (thermal oxidation treatment) at about 800° C., thereby forming a gate insulating film 38 made of a silicon oxide film with a thickness of about 11 nm on the surface of the epitaxial layer 32 .
- the heat treatment thermal oxidation treatment
- the gate electrode 39 is formed on the gate insulating film 38 .
- an n type polycrystalline silicon film doped polysilicon film
- the n type polycrystalline silicon film is patterned by using the photolithography technique and the dry-etching technique.
- the gate electrode 39 made of the patterned n type polycrystalline silicon film is formed on the surface of the p type well 37 of the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 (active region 35 ) via the gate insulating film 38 .
- an n type impurity such as phosphorus (P) is ion-implanted into a part of the epitaxial layer 32 with using a photoresist pattern (not shown) as an ion-implantation blocking mask, thereby forming a first n ⁇ type drain region (first low-concentration n type drain region, first n type LDD (Lightly Doped Drain) region) 40 . Since the first n ⁇ type drain region 40 is formed in a self-alignment manner with respect to the gate electrode 39 , the first n ⁇ type drain region 40 terminates at a lower portion of a sidewall of the gate electrode 39 so that an end portion thereof contacts with the channel formation region.
- a photoresist pattern not shown
- the depletion layer spreads between the gate electrode 39 and the drain, and therefore, the feedback capacitance formed therebetween (parasitic capacitance between drain and gate electrodes, Cgd) is reduced.
- an n type impurity such as arsenic (As) is ion-implanted into a part of the p type well 37 with using a photoresist pattern (not shown) as an ion-implantation blocking mask, thereby forming the n ⁇ type source region 41 . Since the n ⁇ type source region 41 is formed in a self-alignment manner with respect to the gate electrode 39 , the n ⁇ type source region 41 terminates at a lower portion of a sidewall of the gate electrode 39 so that an end portion thereof contacts with the channel formation region.
- a photoresist pattern not shown
- n ⁇ source region 41 By forming then n ⁇ source region 41 to have a shallow depth by performing the ion implantation with low acceleration energy, the expansion of the impurity from the source to the channel formation region can be suppressed, and therefore, the reduction of the threshold voltage can be suppressed. It is also possible to form a p type halo region (not shown) below the n ⁇ type source region 41 by ion-implanting a p type impurity (for example, tilted ion implantation) after forming the n ⁇ type source region 41 .
- a sidewall spacer (sidewall insulating film) 42 made of an insulating film such as a silicon oxide film is formed on a sidewall of the gate electrode 39 .
- the sidewall spacer 42 can be formed by, for example, depositing an insulating film such as a silicon oxide film by the CVD method on the substrate 31 and then performing the anisotropic etching to the insulating film.
- an n type impurity such as phosphorus (P) is ion-implanted into a part of the first n ⁇ type drain region 40 with using a photoresist pattern (not shown) having an opening on the drain formation region as an ion-implantation blocking mask.
- a second n ⁇ type drain region (second low-concentration n type drain region, second n type LDD (Lightly Doped Drain) region) 43 is formed in a part of the first n ⁇ type drain region 40 in a self alignment manner with respect to the sidewall spacer 42 formed on the sidewall of the gate electrode 39 on the drain side.
- the impurity (P) implanted in the formation of the second n ⁇ type drain region 43 has the same conductivity type as the impurity implanted in the formation of the first n ⁇ type drain region 40 , the impurity concentration of the second n ⁇ type drain region 43 is higher than that of the first n ⁇ type drain region 40 . More specifically, since the second n ⁇ type drain region 43 has a resistance lower than that of the first n ⁇ type drain region 40 , the on-resistance (Ron) can be reduced.
- the first n ⁇ type drain region 40 is formed in a self-alignment manner with respect to the gate electrode 39
- the second n ⁇ type drain region 43 is formed in a self-alignment manner with respect to the sidewall spacer 42 on the sidewall of the gate electrode 39 . Therefore, the second n type drain region 43 is formed so as to be separate from the gate electrode 39 by a distance corresponding to the thickness of the sidewall spacer 42 along the gate length direction. Accordingly, even when the impurity concentration of the second n ⁇ type drain region 43 is increased, the influence on the feedback capacitance (Cgd) is negligible.
- the junction depth of the second n ⁇ type drain region 43 is almost the same as the junction depth of the first n ⁇ type drain region 40 .
- an n type impurity such as arsenic (As) is ion-implanted into a part of the second n ⁇ type drain region 43 and the p type well 37 of the source formation region with using a photoresist pattern (not shown) having an opening on each of the part of the second n ⁇ type drain region 43 and the p type well 37 of the source formation region as an ion-implantation blocking mask.
- a photoresist pattern not shown
- the parasitic capacitance (drain capacitance) between the source and the drain can be reduced by forming the n + type drain region 44 with the high impurity concentration to be shallower than the second n ⁇ type drain region 43 and the first n ⁇ type drain region 40 with the low impurity concentration.
- an n + type source region 45 having higher impurity concentration than that of the n ⁇ type source region 41 and having a bottom portion deeper in position than that of the n ⁇ type source region 41 is formed in the p type well 7 .
- the n + type source region 45 is formed in a self-alignment manner with respect to the sidewall spacer 42 on the sidewall of the gate electrode 39 and is formed in contact with the n ⁇ type source region 41 . Therefore, the n + type source region 45 is formed so as to be separate from the channel formation region by a distance corresponding to the thickness of the sidewall spacer 42 along the gate length direction.
- the low-concentration n type drain region (n type LDD region) interposed between the gate electrode 39 and the n + type drain region 44 is formed so as to have a double structure, the impurity concentration of the first n ⁇ type drain region 40 closest to the gate electrode 39 is set relatively low, and the impurity concentration of the second n ⁇ type drain region 43 separate from the gate electrode 39 is set relatively high.
- a depletion layer spreads between the gate electrode 39 and the drain, and as a result, the feedback capacitance (Cgd) formed between the gate electrode 39 and its adjacent first n ⁇ type drain region 40 is reduced.
- the impurity concentration of the second n ⁇ type drain region 43 is high, the on-resistance (Ron) is also reduced. Since the second n ⁇ type drain region 43 is formed at a position separate from the gate electrode 39 , the influence on the feedback capacitance (Cgd) is negligible. Therefore, since it is possible to reduce both the on-resistance (Ron) and the feedback capacitance (Cgd), the power added efficiency of the amplifier circuit can be improved.
- the LDMOSFET having the drain (drain region) including the first n ⁇ type drain region 40 , the second n ⁇ type drain region 43 and the n + type drain region 44 , the source (source region) including the n ⁇ type source region 41 and the n + type source region 45 and the gate electrode 39 is formed on the main surface (active region 35 , LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 ) of the epitaxial layer 32 .
- the MOSFET or the LDMOSFET in the present application includes not only the MISFET using an oxide film (silicon oxide film) for a gate insulating film but the MISFET using an insulating film other than an oxide film (silicon oxide film).
- the LDMOSFET is a MISFET (Metal insulator Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor: MIS type field effect transistor) element, and it is a MISFET element having the following features (first to third features).
- MISFET Metal insulator Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor: MIS type field effect transistor
- the LDMOSFET has an LDD (Lightly Doped Drain) region formed on a drain side of the gate electrode 39 so as to enable the high-voltage operation with a short channel length.
- the drain of the LDMOSFET is made up of the n + type region with a high impurity concentration (here, n + type drain region 44 ) and the LDD region with a impurity concentration lower than that (here, first n ⁇ type drain region 40 and second n ⁇ type drain region 43 ), and the n + type region (n + type drain region 44 ) is formed so as to be separate from the gate electrode 39 (or channel formation region below the gate electrode 39 ) via the LDD region.
- n + type drain region 44 the n + type region with a high impurity concentration
- the charge amount (impurity concentration) in the LDD region on the drain side and the distance along the plane (main surface of the epitaxial layer 32 ) between the end portion of the gate electrode 39 and the n + type drain region (drain high-concentration region) 44 have to be optimized so that the breakdown voltage of the LDMOSFET becomes the maximum value.
- the LDMOSFET has the p type well (p type base region) 37 for punch-through stopper formed in the source formation region (n ⁇ type source region 41 and n + type source region 45 ) on the source side and the channel formation region.
- the p type well 37 is not formed or formed so as to contact with only a part of the drain formation region on the side close to the channel region.
- the LDMOSFET has a structure in which the source (here, source region made up of n ⁇ type source region 41 and n + type source region 45 ) and the drain (here, drain region made up of first n ⁇ type drain region 40 , second n ⁇ type drain region 43 and n + type drain region 44 ) are asymmetrical with respect to the gate electrode 39 .
- a p type impurity such as boron fluoride (BF 2 ) is ion-implanted into the surface of the p type buried layer 33 with using a photoresist pattern (not shown) having an opening on the p type buried layer 33 as an ion-implantation blocking mask, thereby forming a p + type semiconductor region 46 in an upper region of the p type buried layer 33 .
- a photoresist pattern not shown
- FIG. 13 is a plan view of the principal part corresponding to the process step of FIG. 12 , and it shows the region corresponding to FIG. 11 (that is, region corresponding to REG 2 in FIG. 10 ).
- FIG. 13 the planar layout of the p type buried layer 33 , the active region 35 , the gate electrode 39 , the n + type drain region 44 and the n + type source region 45 is shown, and the illustration of other constituent components is omitted.
- FIG. 13 is a plan view, hatching of dots is used for the gate electrode 39 in FIG. 13 so as to make the drawing easy to see.
- the gate electrode 39 of the LDMOSFET extends in the Y direction.
- the drain region (first n ⁇ type drain region 40 , second n ⁇ type drain region 43 and n + type drain region 44 ) of the LDMOSFET is formed in the region between a gate electrode 39 and another gate electrode 39 adjacent thereto on one side and extends in the Y direction in the active region 35 .
- the source region (n ⁇ type source region 41 and n + type source region 45 ) of the LDMOSFET is formed in the region between the gate electrode 39 and another gate electrode 39 adjacent thereto on the other side and extends in the Y direction in the active region 35 .
- the p type buried layer 34 is formed in the region between the n + type source regions 45 of the adjacent LDMOSFETs. Further, through not shown in FIG. 13 , the p + type semiconductor region 46 is formed in the region between the n + type source regions 45 of the adjacent LDMOSFETs and extends in the Y direction.
- the structure (layout) of a unit cell (repetition unit, basic cell, unit region, unit cell of LDMOSFET) 50 as shown in FIG. 12 and FIG. 13 is repeated in the X direction.
- Two unit LDMOSFETs (unit LDMOSFET element, LDMOSFET cell, unit MISFET element) 50 a are formed from one unit cell 50 . More specifically, although the repetition unit is the unit cell 50 , each of the unit cells 50 is made up of two unit LDMOSFETs 50 a sharing the n + type drain region 44 and having a symmetrical structure in the X direction. Note that, since the LDMOSFET is an MISFET element, it is possible to regard the unit LDMOSFET 50 a as a unit MISFET element.
- the structure (layout) of the unit cell 50 is repeated in the X direction, whereby a large number of (plurality of) unit LDMOSFETs 50 a are formed (arranged), and the large number of (plurality of) unit LDMOSFETs 50 a are connected in parallel.
- the unit LDMOSFET 50 a is repeatedly arranged in the X direction, and the plurality of unit LDMOSFETs 50 a arranged in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 (each of the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 1 to REGL 3 and REGH 1 to REGH 3 ) are connected in parallel.
- the LDMOSFET elements making up each of the amplifier stages LDML 1 to LDML 3 and LDMH 1 to LDMH 3 of the power amplifier circuits LDML and LDMH are formed by connecting the plurality of unit LDMOSFETs 50 a in parallel. This parallel connection is made by gate wirings M 1 G and M 2 G, source wirings M 1 S and M 2 S, a source pad M 3 S, drain wirings M 1 D and M 2 D and plugs 53 , 56 and 59 .
- a metal silicide layer (not shown) made of, for example, cobalt silicide is formed on the surface (upper surface, upper portion) of the n + type source region 45 and the p + type semiconductor region 46 according to need.
- an insulating film (interlayer insulating film) 51 made of a stacked film of a relatively thin silicon nitride film and a relatively thick silicon oxide film formed thereon is formed on the substrate 31 by the CVD method, and the surface thereof is planarized by the CMP (Chemical Mechanical Polishing) method or the like according to need.
- CMP Chemical Mechanical Polishing
- the insulating film 51 is dry-etched with using a photoresist (not shown) as an etching mask, thereby forming contact holes (penetration hole) in the insulating film 51 , and then, plugs (connecting conductor portion) 53 mainly made of a tungsten (W) film are buried inside the contact holes.
- a tungsten film is formed on the barrier film so as to fill the contact holes, and the unnecessary tungsten film and barrier film on the insulating film 51 are removed by the CMP method or the etch-back method, thereby forming the plugs 53 .
- the contact hole and the plug 53 buried therein are formed on each of the p type buried layer 33 (p + type semiconductor region 46 ), the source (n + type source region 45 ), the drain (n + type drain region 44 ) and the gate electrode 39 .
- a wiring (first layer wiring) M 1 is formed on the insulating film 51 in which the plugs 53 are buried.
- the wiring M 1 can be formed by forming a conductor film on the insulating film 51 in which the plugs 53 are buried and then patterning the conductor film by the photolithography method and the dry-etching method.
- a tungsten wiring mainly made of a tungsten (W) film or an aluminum wiring mainly made of an aluminum (Al) film can be used as the wiring M 1 .
- FIG. 15 and FIG. 16 are plan views of the principal part corresponding to the process step of FIG. 14 , and FIG. 15 shows the region corresponding to FIG. 10 and FIG. 16 shows the region corresponding to FIG. 11 .
- FIG. 15 the planar layout of the wiring M 1 , that is, the source wiring M 1 S, the drain wiring M 1 D and the gate wiring M 1 G is shown. Also in FIG.
- FIG. 16 the planar layout of the source wiring M 1 S, the drain wiring M 1 D and the gate wiring M 1 G is shown, and the position of the contact holes (contact holes in which the plugs 53 are buried) located below the source wiring M 1 S, the drain wiring M 1 D and the gate wiring M 1 G is also illustrated in FIG. 16 .
- FIG. 16 is a plan view, the hatching of dots is used for the source wiring M 1 S, the drain wiring M 1 D and the gate wiring M 1 G so as to make the drawing easy to see.
- FIG. 16 and FIG. 19 described later the position of the gate electrode 39 is shown by broken lines so as to make the positional relation easily understood.
- the wiring M 1 includes the source wiring (wiring for source) M 1 S electrically connected to both the n + type source region 45 and the p + type semiconductor region 46 through the plug 53 , the drain wiring (wiring for drain) M 1 D electrically connected to the n + type drain region 44 through the plug 53 , and the gate wiring (wiring for gate) M 1 G electrically connected to the gate electrode 39 through the plug 53 .
- the plug 53 is disposed in the region in which the gate wiring M 1 G and the gate electrode 39 are planarly overlapped (more specifically, region in which the gate electrode 39 extending in the Y direction and the gate wiring M 1 G extending in the X direction intersect) as shown in FIG. 16 , and the gate wiring M 1 G and the gate electrode 39 are electrically connected through this plug.
- an insulating film (interlayer insulating film) 54 made of a silicon oxide film or the like is formed on the insulating film 51 by the CVD method so as to cover the wiring M 1 .
- the insulating film 54 is dry-etched with using a photoresist pattern (not shown) as an etching mask, thereby forming through holes (penetration hole) through which a part of the wiring M 1 is exposed in the insulating film 54 , and then, plugs (connecting conductor portion) 56 mainly made of a tungsten (W) film are buried inside the though holes.
- the plug can be formed in almost the same manner as the above-described plug 53 .
- the plug 56 is in contact with and electrically connected to the wiring M 1 by its bottom portion.
- a wiring (second layer wiring) M 2 is formed on the insulating film 54 in which the plugs 56 are buried.
- a conductor film mainly made of an aluminum (Al) alloy film is formed on the insulating film 54 in which the plugs 56 are buried, and this conductor film is patterned by using the photolithography method and the dry-etching method, thereby forming the wiring M 2 made of the patterned conductor film.
- a stacked film obtained by forming a barrier conductor film (for example, stacked film of titanium film and titanium nitride film), an aluminum film (or aluminum alloy film) and a barrier conductor film (for example, stacked film of titanium film and titanium nitride film) in this order from below can be used.
- a barrier conductor film for example, stacked film of titanium film and titanium nitride film
- an aluminum film or aluminum alloy film
- a barrier conductor film for example, stacked film of titanium film and titanium nitride film
- the wiring M 2 can be formed by forming the through hole through which a part of the wiring M 1 is exposed in the insulating film 54 , forming the conductor film for forming the wiring M 2 so as to fill the through hole, and then patterning the conductor film.
- the portion corresponding to the plug 56 (via portion) is formed of the same conductor film as the wiring M 2 integrally with the wiring M 2 .
- FIG. 18 and FIG. 19 are plan views of the principal part corresponding to the process step of FIG. 17
- FIG. 18 shows the region corresponding to FIG. 10
- FIG. 19 shows the region corresponding to FIG. 11
- FIG. 18 and FIG. 19 show the planar layout of the wiring M 2 , that is, the source wiring M 2 S, the drain wiring M 2 D and the gate wiring M 2 G.
- FIG. 19 is a plan view, the hatching of dots is used for the source wiring M 2 S and the drain wiring M 2 D in FIG. 19 so as to make the drawing easy to see.
- the wiring M 2 includes the drain wiring (wiring for drain) M 2 D electrically connected to the drain wiring M 1 D through the plug 56 , the gate wiring (wiring for gate) M 2 G electrically connected to the gate wiring M 1 G through the plug 56 , and the source wiring (wiring for source) M 2 S electrically connected to the source wiring M 1 S through the plug 56 .
- the gate wiring M 2 G and the gate wiring M 1 G are partly overlapped planarly (in the portions extending in the X direction) as is apparent from the comparison between FIG. 15 and FIG. 18 , and the plug 56 is disposed in this overlapping region and the gate wiring M 2 G and the gate wiring M 1 G are electrically connected through this plug 56 .
- the source wiring M 2 S is electrically connected to the source wiring M 1 S through the via portion thereof (portion filling the through hole)
- the drain wiring M 2 D is electrically connected to the drain wiring M 1 D through the via portion thereof
- the gate wiring M 2 G is electrically connected to the gate wiring M 1 G through the via portion thereof.
- an insulating film (interlayer insulating film) 57 made of a silicon oxide film is formed on the insulating film 54 by the CVD method or the like so as to cover the wiring M 2 .
- the insulating film 57 is dry-etched with using a photoresist pattern (not shown) as an etching mask, thereby forming through holes (penetration hole) through which a part of the wiring M 2 is exposed in the insulating film 57 , and then, plugs (connecting conductor portion) 59 mainly made of a tungsten (W) film or an aluminum film are buried inside the though holes.
- the plug 59 can be formed in almost the same manner as the above-described plug 53 .
- the plug 59 is in contact with and electrically connected to the wiring M 2 by its bottom portion.
- a wiring (third layer wiring) M 3 is formed on the insulating film 57 in which the plugs 59 are buried.
- the wiring M 3 also serves as the conductor film for the pad (pad electrode).
- a conductor film mainly made of an aluminum (Al) alloy film is formed on the insulating film 57 in which the plugs 59 are buried, and this conductor film is patterned by using the photolithography method and the dry-etching method, thereby forming the wiring M 3 made of the patterned conductor film.
- the conductor film for forming the wiring M 3 As the conductor film for forming the wiring M 3 , a stacked film obtained by forming a barrier conductor film (for example, stacked film of titanium film and titanium nitride film), an aluminum film (or aluminum alloy film) and a barrier conductor film (for example, stacked film of titanium film and titanium nitride film) in this order from below can be used.
- a barrier conductor film for example, stacked film of titanium film and titanium nitride film
- an aluminum film or aluminum alloy film
- a barrier conductor film for example, stacked film of titanium film and titanium nitride film
- the wiring M 3 can be formed by forming the through hole through which a part of the wiring M 2 is exposed in the insulating film 57 , forming the conductor film for forming the wiring M 3 so as to fill the through hole, and then patterning the conductor film.
- the portion corresponding to the plug 59 (via portion) is formed of the same conductor film as the wiring M 3 integrally with the wiring M 3 .
- FIG. 21 is a plan view of the principal part corresponding to the process step of FIG. 20 , and FIG. 21 shows the region corresponding to FIG. 10 .
- the planar layout of a source pad M 3 S, drain pads M 3 D and a gate pad M 3 G is shown by solid lines.
- the gate wiring M 2 G and a connecting wiring portion M 2 D 2 of the drain wiring M 2 D are shown by two-dot chain lines, and the source bump electrode BPS, the drain bump electrode BPD and the gate bump electrode BPG to be formed later are shown by broken lines so as to make the positional relation easily understood.
- the wiring M 3 includes the drain pad M 3 D electrically connected to the drain wiring M 2 D through the plug 59 , the gate pad M 3 G electrically connected to the gate wiring M 2 G through the plug 59 , and the source pad M 3 S electrically connected to the source wiring M 2 S through the plug 59 .
- the drain pad (drain pad electrode, drain wiring) M 3 D, the gate pad (gate pad electrode, gate wiring) M 3 G and the source pad (source pad electrode, source wiring) M 3 S are made of the same material in the same process and formed in the same layer, but are mutually isolated patterns.
- the wiring M 3 is formed also as the wiring for connecting elements, circuits or an bump electrode BP and an element (circuit) in the region not shown in FIG. 20 and FIG. 21 (region other than the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 ), and an inductor element or the like can be formed by using the wiring M 3 .
- the gate pad M 3 G and the gate wiring M 2 G are partly overlapped planarly as is apparent from FIG. 21 , and the plug 59 is disposed in this overlapping region and the gate pad M 3 G and the gate wiring M 2 G are electrically connected through this plug 59 .
- the drain pad M 3 D is connected to the drain wiring M 2 D through the plug 59 is not shown in the cross-sectional view of FIG. 20
- the drain pad M 3 D and (the connecting wiring portion M 2 D 2 of) the drain wiring M 2 D are partly overlapped planarly as is apparent from FIG. 21
- the plug 59 is disposed in this overlapping region and the drain pad M 3 D and the drain wiring M 2 D are electrically connected through this plug 59 .
- the source wirings M 1 S and M 2 S are formed in the layer above the gate electrode 39 and below the source pad M 3 S on the main surface of the substrate 31 , and they can be regarded as the wirings (source wiring) which electrically connect a plurality of source regions (n + type source region 45 ) formed in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 and the source pad M 3 S.
- drain wirings M 1 D and M 2 D are formed in the layer above the gate electrode 39 and below the drain pad M 3 D on the main surface of the substrate 31 , and they can be regarded as the wirings (drain wiring) which electrically connect a plurality of drain regions (n + type drain region 44 ) formed in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 and the drain pad M 3 D.
- the gate wirings M 1 G and M 2 G are formed in the layer above the gate electrode 39 and below the gate pad M 3 G on the main surface of the substrate 31 , and they can be regarded as the wirings (gate wiring) which electrically connect a plurality of gate electrodes 39 formed in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 and the gate pad M 3 G.
- the source pad M 3 S is electrically connected to the source wiring M 2 S through the via portion thereof (portion filling the through hole)
- the drain pad M 3 D is electrically connected to the drain wiring M 2 D through the via portion thereof
- the gate pad M 3 G is electrically connected to the gate wiring M 2 G through the via portion thereof.
- it is more preferable to separately form the wiring M 3 and the plug 59 and by this means, the flatness of the source pad M 3 S can be improved.
- the drain wiring M 1 D is formed on the drain region (n + type drain region 44 ) of the LDMOSFET formed in the active region 35 , and the drain wiring M 1 D and the drain region (n + type drain region 44 ) of the LDMOSFET below it are electrically connected through the plug 53 disposed on the n + type drain region 44 . Since the drain region extends in the Y direction in the active region 35 , the drain wiring M 1 D also extends in the Y direction on the active region 35 , but the drain wiring M 1 D is not formed on the element isolation region 34 between the active regions 35 . Therefore, the drain region M 1 D is an isolated pattern formed only on each active region 35 , but it is electrically connected through the plug 56 to the drain wiring M 2 D extending on the drain wiring M 1 D in the Y direction.
- the drain wiring M 2 D includes a wiring portion (first drain wiring portion) M 2 D 1 extending in the Y direction over a plurality of active regions 35 (drain region) arranged in the Y direction and a connecting wiring portion (second drain wiring portion) M 2 D 2 which extends in the X direction and connects one terminals of the plurality of wiring portions M 2 D 1 .
- the width (dimension in the Y direction) of the connecting wiring portion M 2 D 2 is larger than the width (dimension in the X direction) of each wiring portion M 2 D 1 .
- the plurality of wiring portions M 2 D 1 and the wiring portion M 2 D 2 are integrally formed to make up the drain wiring M 2 D.
- the drain wiring M 2 D has the so-called comb-shaped pattern.
- Each of the wiring portions M 2 D 1 extends in the Y direction so as to be located on each drain region of the plurality of unit LDMOSFETs 50 a formed in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 , and is electrically connected to each drain region of the plurality of unit LDMOSFETs 50 a through the plug 56 , the drain wiring M 1 D and the plug 53 .
- each of the drain regions (n + type drain region 44 ) of the plurality of unit LDMOSFETs 50 a formed in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 is drawn up to the wiring portion M 2 D 1 of the drain wiring M 2 D through the plug 53 , the drain wiring M 1 D and the plug 56 and then electrically connected to each other by the connecting wiring portion M 2 D 2 of the drain wiring M 2 D.
- the drain pad M 3 D is formed so that a part thereof is planarly overlapped with the connecting wiring portion M 2 D 2 of the drain wiring M 2 D, and the drain pad M 3 D and the drain wiring M 2 D are electrically connected through the plug 59 formed in this overlapping region.
- the drain pad M 3 D has, for example, a rectangular shape, and is located at a position not overlapped planarly with the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 . Since the drain pad M 3 D is formed for each drain bump electrode BPD provided for the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 , a plurality of drain pads M 3 D can be provided when a plurality of drain bump electrodes BPD are provided for the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 .
- the drain bump electrode BPD for the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 , and therefore, a plurality of drain pads M 3 D are formed.
- FIG. 21 shows the case where four drain bump electrodes BPD are provided for the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 , and thus, four drain pads M 3 D are also formed.
- a plurality of drain regions (n + type drain region 44 ) of a plurality of unit LDMOSFETs 50 a formed in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 are electrically connected to each other through the plugs 53 and 56 and the drain wirings M 1 D and M 2 D, and are electrically connected also to the drain pad M 3 D through the plug 59 .
- the source wiring M 1 S is formed on the source region (n + type source region 45 ) and the p + type semiconductor region 46 of the LDMOSFET formed in the active region 35 , and the source wiring MIS is electrically connected to the n + type source region 45 and the p + type semiconductor region 46 through the plug 53 . Since the source region extends in the Y direction in the active region 35 , the source wiring M 1 S also extends in the Y direction on the active region 35 , but the source wiring M 1 S is not formed on the element isolation region 34 between the active regions 35 .
- the source wiring M 1 S is an isolated pattern formed only on each active region 35 , but it is electrically connected through the plug 56 to the source wiring M 2 S extending on the source wiring M 1 S in the Y direction. As shown in FIG. 17 to FIG. 19 , the source wiring M 2 S extends in the Y direction over a plurality of active regions 35 (source region) arranged in the Y direction, but each of the source wirings M 2 S is not electrically connected to each other.
- the source pad M 3 S is formed so as to almost entirely cover the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 and has, for example, a rectangular shape. Since the source wiring M 2 S extends in the Y direction in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 , at least a part of each source wiring M 2 S is planarly overlapped with the source pad M 3 S. The source wiring M 2 S and the source pad M 3 S are electrically connected through the plug 59 formed in this overlapping region.
- a plurality of source wirings M 2 S extending in the Y direction are arranged in the X direction, but these source wirings M 2 S are electrically connected to the same source pad M 3 S through a plurality of plugs 59 .
- a plurality of source regions (n + type source region 45 ) of a plurality of unit LDMOSFETs 50 a formed in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 are electrically connected to the source pad M 3 S through the plug 53 , the source wiring M 1 S, the plug 56 , the source wiring M 2 S and the plug 59 , and are electrically connected to each other by the source pad M 3 S. Since a plurality of source bumps are formed on the source pad M 3 S as described later, the source pad M 3 S has a larger plane area than the drain pad M 3 D and the gate pad M 3 G.
- the plurality of source regions (n + type source region 45 ) of the plurality of unit LDMOSFETs 50 a formed in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 are electrically connected to each other through the p type buried layer 33 , the substrate 31 and others.
- the gate electrode 39 extends in the Y direction and is electrically connected to the gate wiring M 1 G through the plug 53 at a position located on the element isolation region 34 around or between the active regions 35 .
- the gate wiring M 1 G extends in the X direction and the Y direction on the element isolation region 34 around or between the active regions 35 .
- each gate electrode 39 extending in the Y direction is electrically connected to the part of the gate wiring M 1 G extending in the X direction through the plug 53 , and the part of the gate wiring M 1 G extending in the X direction and that extending in the Y direction are integrally connected. Therefore, each of the gate electrodes 39 is electrically connected to each other through the gate wiring M 1 G.
- the gate wiring M 1 G is the wiring in the same layer as the drain wiring M 1 D and the source wiring MIS, but as is apparent from FIG. 15 and FIG. 16 , the drain wiring M 1 D and the source wiring M 1 S are not formed on the element isolation region 34 between the active regions 35 , and the gate wiring M 1 G extends there in the X direction. Accordingly, the drain wiring M 1 D and the source wiring M 1 S extending in the Y direction are arranged between the portions of the gate wiring M 1 G extending in the X direction.
- the gate wiring M 1 G is located on an opposite side (far side from the connecting wiring portion M 2 D 2 ) of the connecting wiring portion M 2 D 2 of the drain wiring M 2 D, and in the part extending in the X direction, it is electrically connected to the gate wiring M 2 G extending in the X direction on the element isolation region 34 through the plug 56 . More specifically, at least a part of the gate wiring M 2 G extending in the X direction is planarly overlapped with a part of the gate wiring M 1 G extending in the X direction, and the gate wiring M 2 G in the upper layer and the gate wiring M 1 G in the lower layer are electrically connected through the plug 59 formed in the overlapping region.
- the gate pad M 3 G is formed at a position not planarly overlapped with the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 , and it has almost the same planar shape (for example, rectangular shape) and planar dimensions as the drain pad M 3 D.
- FIG. 21 shows the case where the plurality of drain pads M 3 D and the gate pad M 3 G are arranged in a line.
- the gate wiring M 2 G extends around the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 so as not to be planarly overlapped with the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 , and a part thereof is planarly overlapped with the gate pad M 3 G.
- the gate pad M 3 G and the gate wiring M 2 G are electrically connected through the plug 59 disposed in this overlapping region.
- a plurality of gate electrodes 39 of a plurality of unit LDMOSFETs 50 a formed in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 are electrically connected to each other through the plug 53 and the gate wiring M 1 G, and further electrically connected to the gate pad M 3 G through the plug 56 , the gate wiring M 2 G and the plug 59 .
- an insulating film 61 is formed on the insulating film 57 so as to cover the wiring M 3 .
- This insulating film 61 is made of, for example, a single film of a silicon oxide film or a stacked film of a silicon oxide film and a silicon nitride film formed thereon, and it can be formed by the CVD method or the like.
- a part of the insulating film 61 is selectively removed by using the photolithography method and the dry-etching method to form an opening portion (penetration hole) 62 in the insulating film 61 , thereby exposing the wiring M 3 at the bottom of the opening portion 62 .
- the opening portion 62 of the insulating film 61 includes an opening portion 62 S formed on the source pad M 3 S, though not shown in the cross-sectional view of FIG. 22 , an opening portion 62 D formed on the drain pad M 3 D as shown in FIG. 26 described later, and an opening portion 62 G formed on the gate pad M 3 G as shown in FIG. 27 described later.
- Each of the opening portions 62 S, 62 D and 62 G has, for example, a circular planar shape (opening shape).
- the opening portion 62 is provided for each of the bump electrodes BP to be formed, when a plurality of drain bumps are provided, the opening 62 D is formed on each of the plurality of drain pads M 3 D.
- the opening portion 62 D formed on each drain pad M 3 D is planarly enclosed in the drain pad M 3 D, and a part of the drain pad M 3 D is exposed at the bottom of the opening portion 62 D.
- a plurality of opening portions 62 S are formed on the same source pad M 3 S.
- Each of the plurality of opening portions 62 S provided on the same source pad M 3 S is planarly enclosed in the source pad M 3 S, and a part of the source pad M 3 S is exposed at the bottom of each opening portion 62 S.
- the opening portion 62 provided on the gate pad M 3 G is planarly enclosed in the gate pad M 3 G, and a part of the gate pad M 3 G is exposed at the bottom of the opening portion 62 .
- a seed film 63 made of a conductor film such as a chromium (Cr) film is formed on the substrate 31 .
- the seed film 63 is formed on the insulating film 61 including the source pad M 3 S, the drain pad M 3 D and the gate pad M 3 G exposed in each of the opening portions 62 .
- a photoresist pattern (photoresist layer) PR 1 is formed on the seed film 63 by using the photolithography method.
- This photoresist pattern PR 1 is formed in the region other than the region in which a copper film 64 described later is to be formed, and it has an opening portion PR 1 a in the region in which the copper film 64 is to be formed and the seed film 63 is exposed through the opening portion PR 1 a.
- the copper (Cu) film 64 is formed as a conductor film by using the plating method or the like.
- the copper film 64 can be formed by the electroplating method on the exposed seed film 63 not covered with the photoresist pattern PR 1 with using the seed film 63 as an electrode.
- a nickel (Ni) film 65 is formed on the copper film 64 by using the plating method or the like.
- the photoresist pattern PR 1 is removed and the etching is performed lightly.
- a portion of the seed film 63 not covered with the copper film 64 that is, a part of the seed film 63 covered with the photoresist pattern PR 1 before removal
- a conductor layer (conductor film) CND made of a stacked film of the seed film 63 , the copper film 64 and the nickel film 65 formed in this order from below is formed.
- the thickness of the copper film 64 is larger than those of the seed film 63 and the nickel film 65 .
- a conductor layer CND formation region is provided for each bump electrode BP to be formed.
- the conductor layer CND includes a drain conductor layer (drain conductor film) CNDD, a gate conductor layer (gate conductor film) CNDG and a source conductor layer (source conductor film) CNDS. Note that, though the drain conductor layer CNDD and the gate conductor layer CNDG are not shown in the cross-sectional view of FIG. 22 , they are shown in FIG. 26 and FIG. 27 described later.
- the drain conductor layer CNDD, the gate conductor layer CNDG and the source conductor layer CNDS are made of the same material and formed in the same layer by the same process as the conductor layer CND, but they are the mutually isolated patterns.
- the drain conductor layer CNDD is the conductor layer CND formed on the drain pad M 3 D and in contact with and electrically connected to the drain pad M 3 D at the bottom of the opening portion 62 D, and it planarly encloses the opening portion 62 D.
- the gate conductor layer CNDG is the conductor layer CND formed on the gate pad M 3 G and in contact with and electrically connected to the gate pad M 3 G at the bottom of the opening portion 62 G, and it planarly encloses the opening portion 62 G.
- the source conductor layer CNDS is the conductor layer CND formed on the source pad M 3 S and in contact with and electrically connected to the source pad M 3 S at the bottom of the opening portion 62 S, and it planarly encloses the opening portion 62 S.
- the drain conductor layer CNDD, the gate conductor layer CNDG and the source conductor layer CNDS have, for example, a circular planar shape, respectively.
- the opening portion 62 D and the drain conductor layer CNDD planarly enclosing the opening portion 62 D are formed on each of the plurality of drain pads M 3 D, and each drain conductor layer CNDD is in contact with and electrically connected to each drain pad M 3 D at the bottom of each opening portion 62 D.
- each source conductor layer CNDS is in contact with and electrically connected to the same source pad M 3 S at the bottom of each opening portion 62 S.
- an insulating film (resin film, resin insulating film, passivation film) PI 1 made of, for example, a resin material film (resin film) such as polyimide resin is formed on the substrate 31 (insulating film 61 ) as a surface protection film (uppermost-layer protection film) so as to cover the conductor layer CND.
- a resin material film resin film
- polyimide resin polyimide resin
- This insulating film PI 1 is the uppermost layer of the semiconductor chip 2 and functions as the uppermost-layer protection film for protecting the semiconductor chip 2 .
- a resin film such as polyimide resin for the insulating film PI 1 of the uppermost layer
- a relatively soft resin film is used as the uppermost layer, and therefore, the handling of the semiconductor chip 2 can be facilitated.
- an opening portion (bump opening portion) OP which exposes a part of the conductor layer CND is formed in the insulating film PI 1 by using the photolithography method and the dry-etching method.
- the (nickel film 65 of the) conductor layer CND is exposed at the bottom of the opening portion OP.
- a UBM (Under Bump Metal) film (bump foundation metal layer, conductor film) 69 made of conductor is formed on the (nickel film 65 of the) conductor layer CND exposed through the opening portion OP.
- the UBM film 69 is formed of, for example, a stacked film of a palladium (Pd) film and a titanium (Ti) film, a stacked film of a chromium (Cr) film, a nickel (Ni)-based alloy film and a gold (Au) film or the like.
- the UBM film 69 can be formed by the plating method or the sputtering method. When the UBM film 69 is formed by the sputtering method, the UBM film 69 in an unnecessary region can be removed by etching or the like.
- the nickel film 65 is formed on the copper film 64 exposed through the opening portion OP, and then the UBM film 69 is formed on this nickel film 65 .
- the nickel film 65 is formed only on a part of the upper surface of the copper film 64 exposed through the opening portion OP.
- a part of the conductor layer CND exposed through the opening portion OP is formed of a stacked film of the seed film 63 , the copper film 64 and the nickel film 65 , and a part thereof covered with the insulating film PI 1 is formed of a stacked film of the seed film 63 and the copper film 64 .
- the bump electrode BP is formed on the UBM film 69 on the copper film 64 exposed through the opening portion OP.
- the bump electrode BP is made of, for example, solder bump.
- the spherical solder bump (bump electrode BP) can be formed on the UBM film 69 by performing the heat treatment (solder reflow process) after printing the solder paste on the UBM film 69 .
- the UBM film 69 can be regarded as a part of the bump electrode BP.
- FIG. 26 and FIG. 27 are other cross-sectional views showing the same process step as FIG. 25 .
- FIG. 28 is a plan view of the principal part corresponding to the process step of FIG. 25 to FIG. 27 , and FIG. 28 shows the region corresponding to FIG. 10 .
- the planar layout of the bump electrode BP that is, the source bump electrode BPS, the drain bump electrode BPD and the gate bump electrode BPG is shown by solid lines. Also, in FIG.
- the source conductor layer CNDS, the drain conductor layer CNDD and the gate conductor layer CNDG are shown by broken lines
- the source pad M 3 S, the drain pad M 3 D and the gate pad M 3 G are shown by two-dot chain lines
- the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 shown in FIG. 10 is shown by broken lines so as to make the positional relation easily understood.
- FIG. 26 almost corresponds to the cross-sectional view taken along the line B 1 -B 1 of FIG. 28
- FIG. 27 almost corresponds to the cross-sectional view taken along the line C 1 -C 1 of FIG. 28
- FIG. 25 and FIG. 22 to FIG. 24 almost correspond to the cross-sectional view taken at the position along the line A 2 -A 2 of FIG. 28 so as to illustrate a part of the source bump electrode BPS.
- the bump electrode BP includes the drain bump electrode (drain bump) BPD, the gate bump electrode (gate bump) BPG and the source bump electrode (source bump) BPS.
- the drain bump electrode BPD is the bump electrode BP formed on the drain conductor layer CNDD, that is, the bump electrode BP formed on the drain pad M 3 D via the drain conductor layer CNDD.
- the gate bump electrode BPG is the bump electrode BP formed on the gate conductor layer CNDG, that is, the bump electrode BP formed on the gate pad M 3 G via the gate conductor layer CNDG.
- the source bump electrode BPS is the bump electrode BP formed on the source conductor layer CNDS, that is, the bump electrode BP formed on the source pad M 3 S via the source conductor layer CNDS.
- the source bump electrode BPS is formed on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 , the source bump electrode BPS is planarly overlapped with at least a part of a plurality of source regions (n + type source region 45 ), a plurality of drain regions (n + type drain region 44 ) and a plurality of gate electrodes 39 of a plurality of unit LDMOSFETs 50 a formed in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 .
- the drain bump electrode BPD and the gate bump electrode BPG are disposed at the positions not planarly overlapped with the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 .
- the plurality of drain bump electrodes BPD are formed on each of the plurality of drain pads M 3 D via the drain conductor layer CNDD. Also, when a plurality of source bump electrodes BPS are provided, the plurality of source bump electrodes BPS are formed on the common (same) source pad M 3 S disposed so as to be planarly overlapped with the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 via each source conductor layer CNDS, and each of the source bump electrodes BPS is planarly enclosed in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 .
- the source bump electrode BPS, the drain bump electrode BPD and the gate bump electrode BPG correspond to the source bump BPS 1 , the drain bump BPD 1 and the gate bump BPG 1 , respectively.
- the source bump electrode BPS, the drain bump electrode BPD and the gate bump electrode BPG correspond to the source bump BPS 2 , the drain bump BPD 2 and the gate bump BPG 2 , respectively.
- the source bump electrode BPS, the drain bump electrode BPD and the gate bump electrode BPG correspond to the source bump BPS 3 , the drain bump BPD 3 and the gate bump BPG 3 , respectively.
- the source bump electrode BPS, the drain bump electrode BPD and the gate bump electrode BPG correspond to the source bump BPS 4 , the drain bump BPD 4 and the gate bump BPG 4 , respectively.
- the source bump electrode BPS, the drain bump electrode BPD and the gate bump electrode BPG correspond to the source bump BPS 5 , the drain bump BPD 5 and the gate bump BPG 5 , respectively.
- the source bump electrode BPS, the drain bump electrode BPD and the gate bump electrode BPG correspond to the source bump BPS 6 , the drain bump BPD 6 and the gate bump BPG 6 , respectively.
- the height T 3 of the bump electrode BP (height in the direction vertical to the main surface of the substrate 31 from the upper surface of the insulating film 27 to the top of the bump electrode BP illustrated in FIG. 26 ) is, for example, about 30 to 50 ⁇ m, and this is common to the source bump electrode BPS, the drain bump electrode BPD and the gate bump electrode BPG.
- the substrate 31 is cut and separated (divided) into respective semiconductor chips 2 by dicing or the like, but the detail description thereof is omitted here. Also, it is also possible to perform the rear-surface grinding of the substrate 31 before the dicing. Note that the rear-surface electrode (metal electrode layer) is not formed on the main surface of the substrate 31 opposite to the side on which the epitaxial layer 32 is formed (corresponding to the rear surface 2 b of the semiconductor chip 2 ).
- the divided semiconductor chip 2 is flip-chip mounted on the wiring board 3 , thereby manufacturing the power amplifier module 1 .
- FIG. 29 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part of a semiconductor chip 202 of a first comparative example.
- FIG. 29 corresponds to FIG. 25 of the present embodiment, and the source pad M 3 S and the structure below it of the semiconductor chip 202 of the first comparative example shown in FIG. 29 are the same as those of the semiconductor chip 2 of the present embodiment shown in FIG. 25 , and therefore, the description thereof is omitted here.
- the equivalent of the above-described conductor layer CND is not formed after forming the source pad M 3 S.
- a surface protection resin insulating film PI 2 (corresponding to the insulating film PI 1 of the present embodiment) is formed so as to cover the source pad M 3 S as shown in FIG. 29 , and a bump opening portion OP 2 through which a part of the source pad M 3 S is exposed is formed in this resin insulating film PI 2 . Then, as shown in FIG.
- a UBM film 269 (corresponding to the UBM film 69 of the present embodiment) and a source bump electrode BP 202 (corresponding to the source bump electrode PBS of the present embodiment) are formed on the source pad M 3 S exposed through the bump opening portion OP 2 .
- the bump electrode is directly formed on the pad portion. Therefore, assuming that the source bump electrode is formed in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 , it is conceivable that the source pad M 3 S is disposed in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 and the source bump electrode BP 202 is directly formed on the source pad M 3 S like in the semiconductor chip 202 of the first comparative example shown in FIG. 29 without forming the above-described conductor layer CND. However, the studies by the inventors of the present invention have revealed that there is the possibility that the following failures occur in this case.
- the probe test is carried out by putting a test probe to a pad portion in general after forming the pad portion and before forming the bump electrode.
- the source pad M 3 S is disposed in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 like in the semiconductor chip 202 of the first comparative example shown in FIG. 29 , if a probe is put and pressed to the source pad M 3 S, the external force by the probe generates the stress on the wiring structure and the above-described plurality of unit LDMOSFETs 50 a located below the source pad MS 3 , and there is the possibility that the wiring structure and the elements are deformed. This probably reduces the reliability of the semiconductor chip 202 to be manufactured.
- FIG. 30 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part of a semiconductor chip 302 of a second comparative example.
- FIG. 30 a cross-sectional view corresponding to a part of FIG. 25 in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 (cross-sectional view of a range denoted by a reference symbol REG 1 in FIG. 30 ) and a cross-sectional view in an external region of the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 (cross-sectional view in a range denoted by a reference symbol REG 3 in FIG. 30 ) in the semiconductor chip 302 of the second comparative example are illustrated alongside.
- the source wiring M 1 S and the structure below it of the semiconductor chip 302 of the second comparative example shown in FIG. 30 are the same as those of the semiconductor chip 2 of the present embodiment shown in FIG. 25 , and therefore, the description thereof is omitted here.
- a source pad M 3 S 302 is disposed in a region REG 3 outside the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 as shown in FIG. 30 . Therefore, even if the probe test is carried out by putting a test probe to this source pad M 3 S 302 before forming the bump electrode, the deformation and the like of the elements and the wiring structure of the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 are less likely to occur.
- the source pad M 3 S 302 of the region REG 3 outside the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 is led out to the position on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 by a rewiring 366 by using the so-called rewiring technique. Then, the source bump electrode BP 302 is disposed on a part of the rewiring 366 on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 .
- the rewiring 366 is formed on a resin film PI 3 so as to be in contact with and electrically connected to the source pad M 3 S 302 at the bottom of an opening portion 362 formed in a stacked film of an insulating film IL such as silicon nitride and the resin film (resin insulating film) PI 3 , and the rewiring 366 is extended to the position on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 .
- an insulating film IL such as silicon nitride and the resin film (resin insulating film) PI 3
- This rewiring 366 is made of a stacked film of a seed film 363 such as a chromium (Cr) film functioning as a plating electrode, a copper (Cu) film 364 formed on the seed film 363 by the plating method and a nickel (Ni) film 365 formed on the copper film 64 by the plating method.
- a source bump opening portion OP 3 opening for source bump
- an uppermost-layer resin insulating film PI 4 for surface protection of the semiconductor chip 302
- the UBM film 369 and the source bump electrode BP 302 are formed on a part of the rewiring 366 exposed through the opening portion OP 3 .
- the extension distance of the rewiring 366 connecting them is elongated, and most part of the rewiring 366 (other than the part in contact with the source pad M 3 S 302 ) is located on the resin film PI 3 .
- the reason for providing the resin film PI 3 is that the adhesiveness between the rewiring 366 and the insulating film IL is insufficient and the protection from the stress in the formation of the rewiring 366 by the plating method is necessary. Therefore, the heat generated in the plurality of unit LDMOSFETs 50 a in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 is transmitted to the source bump electrode BP 302 on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 through the resin film PI 3 , but the heat conductivity of the resin film PI 3 made of polyimide resin or the like is extremely low.
- the resin film PI 3 with low heat conductivity interferes and the heat dissipation properties are lowered.
- the source pad M 3 S 302 is provided in the same layer as the source wiring M 2 S in FIG. 30 (in this case, the insulating film 57 can be omitted).
- the source bump electrode BPS is disposed on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 .
- the properties of the semiconductor chip 2 in particular, the heat dissipation properties can be improved, and as a result, the performance (properties) of the power amplifier module 1 , in particular, the heat dissipation properties can be improved.
- the source pad M 3 S is disposed so as to be planarly overlapped with the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 , and in the region on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 , the source bump electrode BPS is formed (disposed) on the source pad M 3 S via the source conductor layer CNDS thicker than the source pad M 3 S.
- the drain pad M 3 D is disposed on the region outside the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 though it is in the vicinity of the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 , and the drain bump electrode BPD is formed (disposed) on the drain pad M 3 D via the drain conductor layer CNDD thicker than the drain pad M 3 D.
- the gate pad M 3 G is disposed on the region outside the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 though it is in the vicinity of the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 , and the gate bump electrode BPG is formed (disposed) on the gate pad M 3 G via the gate conductor layer CNDG thicker than the gate pad M 3 G.
- the source pad M 3 S, the source conductor layer CNDS and the source bump electrode BPS are stacked in this order from below as shown in FIG. 25 .
- the drain pad M 3 D, the drain conductor layer CNDD and the drain bump electrode BPD are stacked in this order from below as shown in FIG. 26 .
- the gate pad M 3 G, the gate conductor layer CNDG and the gate bump electrode BPG are stacked in this order from below as shown in FIG. 27 .
- the probe test carried out before forming the bump electrode BP can be carried out at the process stage of FIG. 24 , that is, at the stage where a plurality of opening portions OP are formed in the insulating film PI 1 to expose each part of the source conductor layer CNDS, the drain conductor layer CNDD and the gate conductor layer CNDG through the opening portions OP (stage before forming the UBM film 69 and the bump electrode BP).
- FIG. 31 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part in the manufacturing process of a semiconductor device (corresponding to the semiconductor chip 2 ) of the present embodiment, and it schematically shows the state of carrying out the probe test process after the steps up to FIG. 24 have been performed and before the step of FIG. 25 (step of forming the UBM film 69 and the bump electrode BP) is performed.
- the probe test process is carried out by bringing a probe PRB into contact with the source conductor layer CNDS, the drain conductor layer CNDD and the gate conductor layer CNDG on the source pad M 3 S, the drain pad M 3 D and the gate pad M 3 G.
- FIG. 31 schematically shows the state in which the probe PRE is brought into contact with the source conductor layer CNDS.
- the probe test means the process for testing the electrical properties of the semiconductor device by putting a probe before dicing (cutting) the semiconductor wafer (here, corresponding to the substrate 31 ), and the probe PRE is put to the source pads M 3 S and M 3 S 302 in the case of the semiconductor chips 202 and 302 of the first and second comparative examples, but the probe PRB is put on the source conductor layer CNDS on the source pad M 3 S in the present embodiment.
- the probe PRB put on the source conductor layer CNDS is pressed in the direction shown by the arrow 70 in FIG. 31 .
- the probe PRB is put to the region on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 , as described in relation to the semiconductor chip 202 of the first comparative example of FIG. 29 , there is the possibility that the external force by the probe PRB gives the stress to the wiring structure and the elements on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 and deforms them.
- the source pad M 3 S is disposed on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 , but the source bump electrode BPS is formed (disposed) on this source pad M 3 S via the source conductor layer CNDS thicker than the source pad M 3 S. Therefore, even if the source pad M 3 S is disposed on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 , the probe test can be carried out by putting the probe PRB to the source conductor layer CNDS thicker than the source pad M 3 S, and this thick source conductor layer CNDS suppresses (mitigates) the external force (pressure, impact) of the probe PRB and the stress caused thereby from acting on the wiring structure and the elements below the source pad M 3 S.
- the thick source conductor layer CNDS can absorb or mitigate the external force of the probe PRB, and therefore, it is possible to suppress the stress from acting on the wiring structure and the elements below the source pad M 3 S compared with the case of bringing the probe into direct contact with the source pad M 3 S without providing the source conductor layer CNDS like in the semiconductor chip 202 of the first comparative example shown in FIG. 29 . Therefore, the deformation of the wiring structure on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 and the LDMOSFET element formed in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 can be suppressed or prevented, and the reliability of the semiconductor chip 2 to be manufactured can be improved.
- the thickness T 2 of the source conductor layer CNDS is preferably larger than the thickness T 1 of the source pad M 3 S (T 2 >T 1 ).
- the thicknesses T 2 of the source conductor layer CNDS, the drain conductor layer CNDD and the gate conductor layer CNDG are almost equal to each other, and the thicknesses T 1 of the source pad M 3 S, the drain pad M 3 D and the gate pad M 3 G are almost equal to each other. Accordingly, the thickness T 2 of the source conductor layer CNDS is set larger than the thickness T 1 of the source pad M 3 S, the thickness.
- T 2 of the drain conductor layer CNDD is set larger than the thickness T 1 of the drain pad M 3 D
- the thickness T 2 of the gate conductor layer CNDG is set larger than the thickness T 1 of the gate pad M 3 G.
- the thickness T 1 of the source pad M 3 S is preferably about 2 ⁇ m
- the thickness T 2 of the source conductor layer CNDS is preferably about 6 ⁇ m.
- the thickness of the copper film 64 is preferably about 4 ⁇ m.
- the thickness T 2 of the source conductor layer CNDS and the thickness T 1 of the source pad M 3 S mentioned here indicate the thicknesses in the region directly below the source bump electrode BPS
- the thickness T 2 of the drain conductor layer CNDD and the thickness T 1 of the drain pad M 3 D mentioned here indicate the thicknesses in the region directly below the drain bump electrode BPD
- the thickness T 2 of the gate conductor layer CNDG and the thickness T 1 of the gate pad M 3 G mentioned here indicate the thicknesses in the region directly below the gate bump electrode BPG.
- the heat resistance from the plurality of unit LDMOSFETs 50 a formed in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 to the source bump electrode BPS is increased.
- both the source conductor layer CNDS and the source pad M 3 S planarly enclose the source bump electrode BPS, the stacked structure of the source conductor layer CNDS and the source pad M 3 S below it is present in the region directly below the source bump electrode BPS (including the UBM film 69 ). Further therebelow, the multilayer wiring structure including the source wirings M 2 S and M 1 S, the drain wirings M 2 D and M 1 D and the interlayer insulating films ( 57 , 54 , 51 ) and the plurality of gate electrodes 39 , the plurality of source regions and the plurality of drain regions of the plurality of unit LDMOSFETs 50 a are present.
- the opening portion 62 S planarly encloses the source bump electrode BPS, and by this means, the portion in which the insulating film 61 is interposed between the source conductor layer CNDS and the source pad M 3 S is present in the region outside the region directly below the source bump electrode BPS as shown in FIG. 25 and not only the resin film but the insulating film is not interposed between the source conductor layer CNDS and the source pad M 3 S in the region directly below the source bump electrode BPS.
- the heat resistance between the source bump electrode BPS and the source pad M 3 S can be further reduced.
- the heat generated in the plurality of unit LDMOSFETs 50 a formed in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 is transmitted to the source pad M 3 S on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 through the wiring structure on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 and further to the source bump electrode BPS through the source conductor layer CNDS. Since no resin film is interposed in the heat conduction path in the vertical direction from the source bump electrode BPS to the source pad M 3 S through the source conductor layer CNDS in the region planarly overlapped with the source bump electrode BPS, the heat resistance from the source pad M 3 S to the source bump electrode BPS can be reduced.
- the source wirings M 2 S and M 1 S, the drain wirings M 2 D and M 1 D, the plugs 59 , 56 and 53 and others are interposed between the source pad M 3 S and the plurality of unit LDMOSFETs 50 a formed in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 directly below it. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the heat resistance from the plurality of unit LDMOSFETs 50 a formed in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 to the source pad M 3 S.
- the heat generated in the plurality of unit LDMOSFETs 50 a formed in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 can be efficiently conducted to the source bump electrode BPS formed on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 and can be efficiently dissipated to the wiring board 3 from the source bump electrode BPS.
- drain bump electrode BPD and the gate bump electrode BPG do not affect the heat dissipation properties of the semiconductor chip 2 so much as the source bump electrode BPS, since the drain bump electrode BPD and the gate bump electrode BPG are also formed in the same process as the source bump electrode BPS, they preferably have the same structure. More specifically, since both the drain conductor layer CNDD and the drain pad M 3 D planarly enclose the drain bump electrode BPD, the stacked structure of the drain conductor layer CNDD and the drain pad M 3 D below it is present in the region directly below the drain bump electrode BPD (including the UBM film 69 ) as shown in FIG. 26 .
- the opening portion 62 D planarly encloses the drain bump electrode BPD, whereby not only the resin film but also the insulating film is not interposed between the drain conductor layer CNDD and the drain pad M 3 D in the region directly below the drain bump electrode BPD. Further, since both the gate conductor layer CNDG and the gate pad M 3 G planarly enclose the gate bump electrode BPG, the stacked structure of the gate conductor layer CNDG and the gate pad M 3 G below it is present in the region directly below the gate bump electrode BPG (including the UBM film 69 ) as shown in FIG. 27 .
- the opening portion 62 G planarly encloses the gate bump electrode BPG, whereby not only the resin film but also the insulating film is not interposed between the gate conductor layer CNDG and the gate pad M 3 G in the region directly below the gate bump electrode BPG.
- the resin film is the insulating film PI 1 serving as the uppermost-layer protection film.
- This resin film (insulating film PI 1 ) is formed so as to cover the source conductor layer CNDS, the drain conductor layer CNDD, the gate conductor layer CNDG, the source pad M 3 S, the drain pad M 3 D and the gate pad M 3 G in the portion where the source bump electrode BPS, the drain bump electrode BPD and the gate bump electrode BPG are not disposed.
- this resin film (that is, insulating film PI 1 ) is not interposed (not formed) between the source pad M 3 S and the source conductor layer CNDS, between the drain pad M 3 D and the drain conductor layer CNDD and between the gate pad M 3 G and the gate conductor layer CNDG.
- the insulating film PI 1 serving as the uppermost-layer protection film is preferably a resin film in view of the protection and handling easiness of the semiconductor chip 2 , but it is preferable that the insulating films 51 , 54 , 57 and 61 other than the insulating film PI 1 are not made of a resin material in view of the heat dissipation properties.
- the insulating film PI 1 as a resin film but also other resin film is not present in any of the region directly below the source bump electrode BPS, the drain bump electrode BPD and the gate bump electrode BPG, the region directly below the source conductor layer CNDS, the drain conductor layer CNDD and the gate conductor layer CNDG, and the region directly below the source pad M 3 S, the drain pad M 3 D and the gate pad M 3 G on the substrate 31 .
- the source conductor layer CNDS, the drain conductor layer CNDD and the gate conductor layer CNDG adhere tightly to the source pad M 3 S, the drain pad M 3 D and the gate pad M 3 G, and the adhesion areas thereof correspond to the areas of the opening portions 62 S, 62 D and 62 G.
- the adhesion areas are increased, the exfoliation prevention effect of the source conductor layer CNDS, the drain conductor layer CNDD and the gate conductor layer CNDG is improved.
- the opening portions 62 S, 62 D and 62 G are formed to have the planar shape planarly enclosing the source bump electrode BPS, the drain bump electrode BPD and the gate bump electrode BPG, respectively, the adhesion areas can be increased and the exfoliation of the source conductor layer CNDS, the drain conductor layer CNDD and the gate conductor layer CNDG can be accurately prevented.
- the external force of the probe PRB when the probe PRB is brought into contact with the source pad M 3 S in the probe test is absorbed (mitigated) by the source pad M 3 S itself by increasing the thickness of the source pad M 3 S, for example, by increasing the thickness of the source pad M 3 S to the thickness corresponding to the sum of the thicknesses T 1 and T 2 .
- the property variation of a single element (for example, inductor element formed of the wiring M 3 ) using the wiring M 3 (wiring in the same layer as the source pad M 3 S) or the wiring rule (wiring pitch rule) of the wiring M 3 has to be reexamined, and there is the possibility that the failure of the increase in chip size occurs.
- the source conductor layer CNDS is formed on the source pad M 3 S and the external force of the probe PRB can be suppressed (mitigated) by this source conductor layer CNDS, and therefore, the above-described failure does not occur.
- the source conductor layer CNDS, the drain conductor layer CNDD and the gate conductor layer CNDG are mainly made of copper (Cu). More specifically, the main conductor film of the conductor layer CND is made of the copper film 64 and the thickness of the copper film 64 is made larger than the thicknesses of the seed film 63 and the nickel film 65 . In other words, over the half of the conductor layer CND is made of the copper film 64 . Accordingly, since copper with good heat conductivity is used, the advantage of the reduction of the heat resistance can be obtained.
- FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part of the wiring board 3 used in the power amplifier module 1 of the present embodiment.
- FIG. 32 mainly shows a cross section across the source vias VH 2 S, VH 1 S and VH 3 S connected to the source bump electrode BPS of the semiconductor chip 2 .
- FIG. 33 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part schematically showing the state just before mounting the semiconductor chip 2 on the wiring board 3
- FIG. 34 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part showing the state where the semiconductor chip 2 is flip-chip mounted on the wiring board 3 . Therefore, although FIG. 34 corresponds to the cross-sectional view of the principal part of the power amplifier module 1 , the sealing resin 7 is not illustrated in FIG. 34 .
- FIG. 34 corresponds to the cross-sectional view of the principal part of the power amplifier module 1 , the sealing resin 7 is not illustrated in FIG. 34 .
- FIG. 35 is a plan view of the principal part of the semiconductor chip 2 which is mounted on the wiring board 3 , in which the region corresponding to FIG. 28 is shown, the layout of the source bump electrode BPS, the drain bump electrode BPD and the gate bump electrode BPG is shown by solid lines, and the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 is shown by broken lines.
- FIG. 35 is a plan view, hatching of diagonal lines is used for the source bump electrode BPS, the drain bump electrode BPD and the gate bump electrode BPG so as to make the drawings easily understood.
- the cross-sectional views of FIG. 32 to FIG. 34 correspond to the cross section taken along the line A 3 -A 3 of FIG. 35 when the semiconductor chip 2 is flip-chip mounted on the wiring board 3 . Also, in FIG.
- the position (region, range) corresponding to the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 is schematically shown by broken lines so as to make the positional relation of the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 and the source bump electrode BPS in the semiconductor chip 2 easily understood.
- the wiring board 3 used in the present embodiment is a multilayer wiring board, and as described above, it includes the core layer CR 1 , the prepreg layer PP 1 disposed on the upper surface side of the core layer CR 1 and the prepreg layer PP 2 disposed on the lower surface side of the core layer CR 1 as the insulating layers making up the multilayer wiring board.
- the wiring board 3 further includes the conductor layer 73 on the upper surface of the prepreg layer PP 1 , the conductor layer 72 between the core layer CR 1 and the prepreg layer PP 1 , the conductor layer 73 between the core layer CR 1 and the prepreg layer PP 2 , and the conductor layer 74 on the lower surface side of the prepreg layer PP 2 .
- the wiring board 3 is the so-called four-layer board in which a total of four conductor layers (that is, conductor layers 71 , 72 , 73 and 74 ) are formed each between the three insulating layers (that is, the core layer CR 1 and the prepreg layers PP 1 and PP 1 ) and on the upper and lower surfaces of the three insulating layers.
- the core layer CR 1 is made of, for example, a resin layer (resin material layer) containing glass woven fabric, and epoxy resin or the like can be used as the resin material.
- the prepreg layers PP 1 and PP 2 are resin layers, but they may be the resin layers containing glass woven fabric as a reinforcement material, and epoxy resin or the like can be used as the resin material.
- the conductor layers 71 , 72 , 73 and 74 are, for example, copper (Cu) layers.
- the core layer CR 1 can be about 100 ⁇ m
- each of the prepreg layers PP 1 and PP 2 can be about 60 ⁇ m
- each of the conductor layers 71 , 72 , 73 and 74 can be about 20 to 30 ⁇ m.
- the conductor layers 71 , 72 , 73 and 74 are patterned into predetermined patterns.
- the conductor layer 71 on the prepreg layer PP 1 is the uppermost conductor layer 71 of the wiring board 3 , and this conductor layer 71 forms the land LP, the wiring pattern WP and the chip-mounting conductor pattern 11 .
- the conductor layer 74 on the lower surface of the prepreg layer PP 2 is the lowermost conductor layer 74 of the wiring board 3 , and this conductor layer 74 forms the rear-surface terminals TE 1 and TE 2 .
- the wiring board 3 includes the solder resist layer SR 1 formed on the upper surface of the prepreg layer PP 1 and the solder resist layer SR 2 formed on the lower surface of the prepreg layer PP 2 .
- the solder resist layer SR 1 is formed on the upper surface of the prepreg layer PP 1 so that the land LP and the chip-mounting conductor pattern 11 are exposed (through the opening portion of the solder resist layer SR 1 ) and the wiring pattern WP is covered with the solder resist layer SR 1 .
- the solder resist layer SR 2 is formed on the lower surface of the prepreg layer PP 2 so that the rear-surface terminals TE 1 and TE 2 are exposed without being covered with the solder resist layer SR 2 .
- the plurality of vias (via hole) VH 1 for electrically connecting the conductor layer 72 and the conductor layer 73 are formed in the core layer CR 1 .
- the via VH 1 is made up of a hole (penetration hole, opening portion, through hole) formed in the core layer CR 1 and a conductor film or a conductor portion formed so as to fill the inside of the hole.
- the conductor film or the conductor portion making up the via VH 1 electrically connects the upper and lower conductor layers 72 and 73 inside the wiring board 3 .
- the conductor film or the conductor portion making up the via VH 1 is made of a plating film such as a copper plating film.
- the via VH 1 formed in the core layer CR 1 is a via which connects the conductor layers (wiring layers) inside the wiring board 3 , in this case, the conductor layer 72 and the conductor layer 73 , and it is the so-called inner via hole.
- the via VH 1 as the inner via hole does not reach (the conductor layers 71 and 74 of) the upper surface 3 a and the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 .
- the plurality of vias (via hole) VH 2 for electrically connecting the conductor layer 71 and the conductor layer 72 are formed in the prepreg layer PP 1 .
- Each of the vias VH 2 is made up of a hole (penetration hole, opening portion, through hole) formed in the prepreg layer PP 1 and a conductor film or a conductor portion formed so as to fill the inside of the hole.
- the conductor film or the conductor portion making up the via VH 2 electrically connects the upper and lower conductor layers 71 and 72 .
- the conductor film or the conductor portion making up the via VH 2 is made of a plating film such as a copper plating film.
- the via VH 2 formed in the prepreg layer PP 1 is a via which connects the conductor layer (uppermost conductor layer out of the plurality of conductor layers making up the wiring board 3 , conductor layer 71 in this case) formed on the upper surface of the wiring board 3 and the conductor layer just below it (conductor layer 72 in this case), and it is the so-called blind via hole.
- An upper end of the via VH 2 as the blind via hole reaches (the conductor layer 71 of) the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 , and a lower end thereof does not reach (the conductor layer 74 of) the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 and terminates (at the conductor layer 72 ) inside the wiring board 3 .
- the plurality of vias (via hole) VH 3 for electrically connecting the conductor layer 73 and the conductor layer 74 are formed in the prepreg layer PP 2 .
- Each of the vias VH 3 is made up of a hole (penetration hole, opening portion, through hole) formed in the prepreg layer PP 2 and a conductor film or a conductor portion formed so as to fill the inside of the hole.
- the conductor film or the conductor portion making up the via VH 3 electrically connects the upper and lower conductor layers 73 and 74 .
- the conductor film or the conductor portion making up the via VH 3 is made of a plating film such as a copper plating film.
- the via VH 3 formed in the prepreg layer PP 2 is a via which connects the conductor layer (lowermost conductor layer out of the plurality of conductor layers making up the wiring board 3 , conductor layer 74 in this case) formed on the lower surface of the wiring board 3 and the conductor layer just above it (conductor layer 73 in this case), and it is the so-called blind via hole.
- a lower end of the via VH 3 as the blind via hole reaches (the conductor layer 74 of) the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 , and an upper end thereof does not reach (the conductor layer 71 of) the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 and terminates (at the conductor layer 73 ) inside the wiring board 3 .
- the inner via hole means the via which connects the conductor layers inside the multilayer wiring board
- the blind via hole means the via which connects the conductor layer on an upper or lower surface of the multilayer wiring board and the conductor layer inside the multilayer wiring board.
- the land LP of the wiring board 3 includes the land LP to which the bump electrode BP of the semiconductor chip 2 is connected, the land LP to which the bonding wire 14 is connected, the land LP to which the electrode of the passive component 5 is connected, and the land LP to which the bump electrode 15 of the integrated passive component 6 is connected.
- the land LP to which the bump electrode BP of the semiconductor chip 2 is connected includes the land LP to which the source bump electrode BPS is connected, the land LD to which the drain bump electrode BPD is connected, and the land LP to which the gate bump electrode BPG is connected.
- the land LP to which the source bump electrode BPS of the semiconductor chip 2 is connected is denoted by the reference symbol LPS and referred to as the source land LPS
- the land LP to which the drain bump electrode BPD of the semiconductor chip 2 is connected is denoted by the reference symbol LPD and referred to as the drain land LPD.
- FIG. 32 shows these source land LPS and drain land LPD.
- a drain land conductor pattern (land pattern, conductor layer portion, conductor pattern) 71 D which is a part of the patterned conductor layer 71 , is exposed through the opening portion of the solder resist SR 1 , thereby forming each of the drain lands LPD.
- an end of the wiring WP made of a part of the patterned conductor layer 71 is integrally coupled (connected) to the drain land conductor pattern 71 D.
- the drain land LPD is led out to the outside of the mounting region of the semiconductor chip 2 (region located below the semiconductor chip 2 when the semiconductor chip 2 is flip-chip mounted on the wiring board 3 ) through this wiring WP.
- a source land conductor pattern (land pattern, conductor layer portion, conductor pattern) 71 S which is a part of the patterned conductor layer 71 , is exposed through the opening portion of the solder resist SR 1 , thereby forming each of the source lands LPS.
- FIG. 32 illustrates the case where the source land conductor patterns 71 S making up each of the source lands LPS are isolated patterns separated from each other.
- FIG. 36 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part showing a first modification example (another embodiment) of the wiring board 3 of the present embodiment, and it corresponds to FIG. 32 . Since the source bump electrodes BPS are set to be equipotential (ground potential), the source land conductor patterns 71 S making up each of the source lands LPS are set to be equipotential. Therefore, as shown in FIG.
- the source land conductor patterns 71 S making up each of the source lands LPS can be integrally coupled (connected) in the region covered with the solder resist layer SR 1 , and in this case, a plurality of opening portions of the solder resist layer SR 1 are provided on the integrated source land conductor pattern and the plurality of source lands LPS are formed from the same source land conductor pattern exposed through each of the opening portions.
- the heat generated in the LDMOSFET element in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 of the semiconductor chip 2 is dissipated to the wiring board 3 through the source bump electrode BPS, and the heat is further conducted to the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 and dissipated to the outside of the power amplifier module 1 from the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 . Therefore, as shown in FIG.
- each of the source lands LPS (source land conductor pattern 71 S) is electrically connected to the rear-surface terminal TE 2 formed on the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 and also thermally connected thereto through the source via VH 2 S, the conductor layer 72 , the source via VH 1 S, the conductor layer 73 and the source via VH 3 S.
- the source via VH 2 S is the via VH 2 formed in the prepreg layer PP 1 and is the via VH 2 electrically connected to the source land LPS (source land conductor pattern 71 S).
- the source via VH 1 S is the via VH 1 formed in the core layer CR 1 and is the via VH 1 electrically connected to the source via VH 2 S.
- the source via VH 3 S is the via VH 3 formed in the prepreg layer PP 2 and is the via VH 3 electrically connected to the source via VH 1 S.
- the plurality of source bump electrodes BPS are formed for (the LDMOSFET element formed in) the same LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 of the semiconductor chip 2 , and the plurality of source bump electrodes BPS are electrically and mechanically connected to the plurality of source lands LPS of the wiring board 3 , respectively.
- drain bump electrodes BPD and the gate bump electrodes BPG are also formed for (the LDMOSFET element formed in) the same LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 of the semiconductor chip 2 , and the drain bump electrodes BPD and the gate bump electrodes BPG are electrically and mechanically connected to the drain lands LPD and the gate lands (gate lands are not illustrated in FIG. 32 to FIG. 34 ) of the wiring board 3 , respectively.
- the solders making up the source bump electrode BPS, the drain bump electrode BPD and the gate bump electrode BPG are wet-spread, are joined to the source land LPS, the drain land LPD and the gate land LPG by the solder reflow process, respectively, and are electrically and mechanically connected thereto.
- the plurality of source vias VH 2 S are disposed (directly) below the plurality of source lands LPS (that is, the plurality of source lands LPS to which the plurality of source bumps BPS are joined) and are electrically connected to the plurality of source lands LPS, respectively.
- the plurality of source vias VH 1 S are disposed (directly) below the plurality of source vias VH 2 and are electrically connected to the plurality of source vias VH 2 , respectively.
- the plurality of source vias VH 3 S are disposed (directly) below the plurality of source vias VH 1 and are electrically connected to the plurality of source vias VH 1 , respectively.
- the plurality of source vias VH 2 S, the plurality of source vias VH 1 S and the plurality of source vias VH 3 S are respectively disposed on the same straight lines orthogonal to the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 (vertically arranged).
- the plurality of source lands LPS, the plurality of source vias VH 2 S, the plurality of source vias VH 1 S and the plurality of source vias VH 3 S are vertically arranged below (directly below) the plurality of source bump electrodes BPS of the semiconductor chip 2 so as to be located on the straight lines orthogonal to the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 , respectively.
- the electrical connection between the source via VH 2 S and the source via VH 1 S directly below it is made by the conductor layer or the conductor portion in each hole making up the source via VH 2 S and the source via VH 1 S and the conductor layer 72 interposed between the source vias VH 2 S and the VH 1 S.
- the electrical connection between the source via VH 1 S and the source via VH 3 S directly below it is made by the conductor layer or the conductor portion in each hole making up the source via VH 1 S and the source via VH 3 S and the conductor layer 73 interposed between the source vias VH 1 S and the VH 3 S.
- the source land LPS is preferably formed to have a diameter lager than that of the via VH 2 so that each source land LPS planarly encloses each via VH 2 disposed below it.
- the rear-surface terminal TE 2 is present below the mounting region of the semiconductor chip 2 , and this rear-surface terminal TE 2 is formed so as to include all of the region located directly below the semiconductor chip 2 in the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 . More specifically, when viewed in the plane parallel to the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 , the rear-surface terminal TE 2 is formed with a pattern larger in area than the semiconductor chip 2 on the rear surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 so as to planarly enclose the semiconductor chip 2 .
- each of the source bump electrodes BPS is electrically and thermally connected through the straight shortest path to the rear-surface terminal TE 2 on the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 through the source land LPS, the source via VH 2 S, the source via VH 1 S and the source via VH 3 S vertically arranged on the same straight line orthogonal to the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 .
- the source bump electrode BPS of the semiconductor chip 2 is electrically connected to the rear-surface terminal TE 2 on the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 , but the heat generated in the LDMOSFET element in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 of the semiconductor chip 2 can be efficiently conducted to the rear-surface terminal TE 2 on the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 from the source bump electrode BPS through the source land LPS and the source vias VH 2 S, VH 2 S and VH 3 S and can be dissipated therefrom.
- the rear-surface terminal TE 2 of the wiring board 3 is electrically connected to the source bump electrode BPS of the semiconductor chip 2 through the source vias VH 3 S, VH 1 S and VH 2 S, the rear-surface terminal TE 2 can be regarded as a source terminal.
- FIG. 37 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part of the wiring board 203 of the first comparative example and FIG. 38 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part of the wiring board 303 of the second comparative example, and each corresponds to FIG. 32 of the present embodiment described above.
- the wiring board 203 of the first comparative example shown in FIG. 37 is a multilayer wiring board including three insulating layers 203 c , 203 d and 203 e and conductor layers formed between the insulating layers 203 c , 203 d and 203 e , on the insulating layer 203 c and below the insulating layer 203 e .
- the conductor layers between the insulating layers 203 c , 203 d and 203 e are not shown in FIG. 37 , but the source land LPS 203 and the drain land LPD are formed of the conductor layer on the insulating layer 203 c and the rear-surface terminal TE 2 is formed of the conductor layer below the insulating layer 203 e .
- the source land LPS 203 , the drain land LPD 203 and the rear-surface terminal TE 203 correspond to the source land LPS, the drain land LPD and the rear-surface terminal TE 2 of the present embodiment, respectively.
- a penetration via VH 203 penetrating through the entire wiring board 203 is formed as a thermal via below the source land LPS.
- a conductor film is formed on a sidewall of a hole penetrating through the entire wiring board 203 .
- the penetration via VH 203 is provided so as to entirely penetrate through the insulating layers 203 c , 203 d and 203 e making up the wiring board 203 , and the source land LPS 203 on the upper surface of the wiring board 203 and the rear-surface terminal TE 2 on the lower surface of the wiring board 203 are electrically and thermally connected through the penetration via VH 203 .
- the hole of the penetration via VH 203 has to be formed in the entire insulating layers 203 c , 203 d and 203 e . Therefore, the hole is formed by drill in general. However, the formation of hole by drill is inferior in the positional accuracy of the hole. Therefore, the dimensions of the lands and the interval therebetween in the wiring board 203 have to be increased to some extent in the light of the low positional accuracy of the penetration via VH 203 .
- the arrangement intervals of the bump electrodes BP in the semiconductor chip 2 are narrowed.
- the above-described increase of the dimensions and intervals of the lands in the wiring board 203 in consideration of the low positional accuracy of the penetration via VH 203 is disadvantageous for the reduction in the area of the semiconductor chip 2 , and it imposes a severe restriction on the chip design including the arrangement position of the bump electrode BP in the semiconductor chip 2 .
- the interval between the source bump electrode BPS and the drain bump electrode BPD is shortened compared with the case where the source bump electrode BPS is disposed on the region outside the LDMOSFET formation region. No electrical problem arises even when the source bump electrodes BPS or the drain bump electrodes BPD are short-circuited, but since the short-circuit between the source bump electrode BPS and the drain bump electrode BPD causes an electrical problem, the short-circuit therebetween has to be prevented without fail.
- the drain bump electrode BPD has to be kept away from the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 because the source bump electrode BPS is disposed on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 . This probably leads to the increase in area of the semiconductor chip 2 .
- the hole positional accuracy of the hole formation by the laser and the hole formation using the photolithography is high compared with the hole formation by drill.
- the wiring board 303 of the second comparative example shown in FIG. 38 is the same as the wiring board 3 of the present embodiment in that it is made up of the core layer CR 1 , the prepreg layers PP 1 and PP 2 , the conductor layers 71 , 72 , 73 and 74 , and the solder resist layers SR 1 and SR 2 .
- the wiring board 303 of the second comparative example shown in FIG. 38 is the same as the wiring board 3 of the present embodiment in that it is made up of the core layer CR 1 , the prepreg layers PP 1 and PP 2 , the conductor layers 71 , 72 , 73 and 74 , and the solder resist layers SR 1 and SR 2 .
- the source via VH 302 formed in the prepreg layer PP 1 , the source via VH 301 formed in the core layer CR 1 and the source via VH 303 formed in the prepreg layer PP 2 are not arranged on the same straight line orthogonal to the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 and are planarly displaced from each other unlike the present embodiment.
- the source vias VH 301 , VH 302 and VH 303 correspond to the source vias VH 2 S, VH 1 S and VH 3 S of the present embodiment, respectively.
- the heat from the source bump electrode BPS is conducted to the conductor layer 72 from the source land LPS through the source via VH 302 and is once conducted in a horizontal direction in the wiring board 303 through the conductor layer 72 , and then conducted to the source via VH 301 . Thereafter, the heat conducted to the conductor layer 73 from this source via VH 301 is conducted in a horizontal direction again in the wiring board 303 through the conductor layer 73 and then conducted to the rear-surface terminal TE 2 through the source via VH 303 .
- the heat conduction in the horizontal direction through the conductor layer has high heat resistance due to the thinness of the conductor layer compared with the heat conduction in the vertical direction through the via, and it becomes a factor for deteriorating the heat dissipation efficiency. Therefore, the heat resistance from the source bump electrode BPS of the semiconductor chip 2 to the rear-surface terminal TE 2 of the wiring board 303 is increased and the heat dissipation efficiency (heat dissipation properties) is lowered.
- the plurality of vias VH 1 , the plurality of vias VH 2 and the plurality of vias VH 3 are provided in the core layer CR 1 , the prepreg layer PP 1 and the prepreg layer PP 2 in the wiring board 3 , respectively, and the vias VH 1 , the vias VH 2 and the vias VH 3 are separately formed. More specifically, in the wiring board 3 , the source via VH 2 S, the source via VH 1 S and the source via VH 3 S are located on the same straight line orthogonal to the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 , but they are not the penetration via formed at the same time in the same process.
- the source via VH 1 S is an inner via hole which connects the conductors (between the conductor 72 and the conductor 73 in this case) in the wiring board 3 .
- the source via VH 2 S is a blind via hole which connects the conductor layer (conductor layer 71 in this case) formed on the upper surface of the wiring board 3 and the conductor layer just below it (conductor layer 72 in this case)
- the source via VH 3 S is a blind via hole which connects the conductor layer (conductor layer 74 in this case) formed on the lower surface of the wiring board 3 and the conductor layer just above it (conductor layer 73 in this case).
- These vias in the three layers are separately formed, but are arranged so as to be located on the same straight line orthogonal to the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 .
- the core layer CR 1 (cured) having the conductor layers 72 and 73 and the via VH 1 formed therein is prepared (hole of the via VH 1 is filled with a plating film), and this core layer CR 1 is sandwiched between the prepreg layer PP 1 (uncured) and copper foil for the conductor layer 71 from the upper side and the prepreg layer PP 2 (uncured) and copper foil for the conductor layer 74 from the lower side.
- this stacked body is heated and pressurized to cure the prepreg layers PP 1 and PP 2 , thereby integrating the stacked body.
- the holes for the vias VH 2 and VH 3 are filled with a plating film, and then, the copper foil for the conductor layer 71 and the copper foil for the conductor layer 74 are patterned by the etching using the photolithography, thereby forming the conductor layers 71 and 74 having the predetermined patterns. Furthermore, the solder resist layers SR 1 and SR 2 are formed, and thus, the wiring board 3 is fabricated.
- the via VH 1 (including the source via VH 1 S), the via VH 2 (including the source via VH 2 S) and the via VH 3 (including the source via VH 3 S) are separately formed in the different processes.
- the hole for the via VH 1 in the core layer CR 1 can be formed by using laser with high positional accuracy, and the holes for the vias VH 2 and VH 3 in the prepreg layers PP 1 and PP 2 can be formed by using etching utilizing the photolithography with high positional accuracy.
- the source via VH 2 S, the source via VH 1 S and the source via VH 3 S are separately formed, they can be vertically arranged so as to be located on the same straight line orthogonal to the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 .
- the via of the wiring board 3 which connects the source land LPS connected to the source bump electrode BPS of the semiconductor chip 2 and the rear-surface terminal TE 2 of the wiring board 3 is electrically connected by the source via VH 1 S which is a blind via hole, the source via VH 1 S which is an inner via hole and the source via VH 3 S which is a blind via hole instead of a penetration via which penetrates through the entire wiring board 3 .
- the holes for each of the via VH 1 , via VH 2 and via VH 3 of the prepreg layer PP 2 can be separately formed (in the different processes)
- the holes for each of the via VH 1 , via VH 2 and via VH 3 can be formed by the laser technique or the etching technique using the photolithography with high positional accuracy without using the drill with low positional accuracy. Accordingly, the dimensions and intervals of the lands LP (source land LPS, drain land LPD and gate land LPG) in the wiring board 3 can be reduced.
- the arrangement intervals of the bump electrodes BP in the semiconductor chip 2 can be narrowed, and therefore, the area reduction of the semiconductor chip 2 can be achieved, and the degree of freedom for the chip design including the arrangement position of the bump electrodes BP in the semiconductor chip 2 can be improved.
- the pitch (distance between centers) between the source land LPS and the drain land LPD can be shortened, even when the semiconductor chip 2 in which the source bump electrode PBS is disposed on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 is flip-chip mounted on the wiring board 3 , it becomes unnecessary to increase the distance between the source bump electrode BPS and the drain bump electrode BPD due to the restriction on the side of the wiring board 3 . Therefore, even when the source bump electrode BPS is disposed on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 in the semiconductor chip 2 , it is unnecessary to keep the drain bump electrode BPD away from the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 , and the area of the semiconductor chip 2 can be reduced.
- the heat generated in the LDMOSFET element in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 of the semiconductor chip 2 is efficiently conducted from the source bump electrode BPS to the rear-surface terminal TE 2 on the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 through the source land LPS and the source vias VH 2 S, VH 1 S and VH 3 S, and then dissipated therefrom as described above.
- the source via VH 2 S, the source via VH 1 S and the source via VH 3 S are vertically arranged. In other words, they are located on the same straight line orthogonal to the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 .
- the heat from the source bump electrode BPS of the semiconductor chip 2 can be linearly conducted to the rear-surface terminal TE 2 on the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 in the vertical direction through the source vias VH 2 S, VH 1 S and VH 3 S arranged vertically on the straight line inside the wiring board 3 . Therefore, since each of the source bump electrodes BPS of the semiconductor chip 2 is electrically and thermally connected to the rear-surface terminal TE 2 on the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 through the straight shortest path, the heat dissipation efficiency (heat dissipation properties) of the power amplifier module 1 can be improved.
- the conductor film is formed on the inner walls of the holes formed in the insulating layers making up the wiring board, and the vias include a via whose hole is not completely filled with the conductor film and a via whose hole formed in the insulating layer making up the wiring board is completely filled with the conductor film or the conductor portion.
- the source vias VH 2 S and VH 3 S (therefore, also VH 2 and VH 3 ) which are blind via holes are preferably formed as the latter vias (via whose hole is completely filled with the conductor film or the conductor portion) so as to make it easy to form the land and the rear-surface terminal.
- the source via VH 1 S which is an inner via hole is not directly connected to the land and the rear-surface terminal
- the source via VH 1 S may be formed as the former via (via in which the conductor film is formed on the inner wall of the hole, but the hole is not completely filled with the conductor film), but it is more preferable to use the latter via (via whose hole is completely filled with the conductor film or the conductor portion) also for the source via VH 1 S from the perspective of improving the heat dissipation efficiency through the source via VH 1 .
- the heat is apt to be generated particularly from the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 3 and REGH 3 corresponding to the final amplifier stages LDML 3 and LDMH 3 out of the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 1 , REGL 2 , REGL 3 , REGH 1 , REGH 2 and REGH 3 . Therefore, it is important for the improvement of the heat dissipation properties of the power amplifier module 1 that the heat generated from the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 3 and REGH 3 is dissipated to the wiring board 3 from the source bump electrode BPS and further dissipated to the side of the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 through the vias VH 2 S, VH 1 S and VH 3 S.
- the present embodiment configuration of the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 including the bump electrode, configuration of the source vias VH 1 S, VH 2 S and VH 3 S connected to the source bump electrode BPS and others
- the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 is the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 3 and REGH 3 corresponding to the final amplifier stages LDML 3 and LDMH 3 .
- the group of the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 , the source bump electrode BPS, the drain bump electrode BPD and the gate bump electrode BPG corresponds to one or both (preferably both) of the group of the LDMOSFET formation region REGL 3 , the source bump BPS 3 , the drain bump BPD 3 and the gate bump BPG 3 and the group of the LDMOSFET formation region REGH 3 , the source bump BPS 6 , the drain bump BPD 6 and the gate bump BPG 6 .
- the heat dissipation effect can be further improved when the present first embodiment is applied also to the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 1 , REGL 2 , REGH 1 and REGH 2 in addition to the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 3 and REGH 3 .
- the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 1 , REGL 2 , REGH 1 and REGH 2 are smaller in area than the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 3 and REGH 3
- the number of source bump electrodes BPS and drain bump electrodes BPD provided for the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 may be one, respectively.
- FIG. 39 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part showing a second modification example (another embodiment) of the wiring board 3 of the present embodiment, and it corresponds to FIG. 32 described above.
- the via VH 2 , the via VH 1 and the via VH 3 are formed to have the same diameter. Therefore, in the source vias VH 2 S, VH 1 S and VH 3 S located on the same straight line orthogonal to the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 (that is, vertically arranged), the diameter of the source via VH 2 S, the diameter of the source via VH 1 S and the diameter of the source via VH 3 S are equal to each other.
- the heat dissipation efficiency (heat dissipation properties) by the heat dissipation path formed of the source vias VH 2 S, VH 1 S and VH 3 S can be further improved, and the heat can be more efficiently dissipated from the source bump electrode BPS of the semiconductor chip 2 to the rear-surface terminal TE 2 of the wiring board 3 .
- the diameter of the via VH 2 and the diameter of the via VH 3 are made smaller than the diameter of the via VH 1 . Therefore, in the source vias VH 2 S, VH 1 S and VH 3 S located on the same straight line orthogonal to the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 (that is, vertically arranged), the diameter of the source via VH 2 S and the diameter of the source via VH 3 S are smaller than the diameter of the source via VH 1 S.
- the diameter of the source via VH 2 S and the diameter of the source via VH 3 S are about 100 ⁇ m, respectively, and the diameter of the source via VH 1 S is about 150 ⁇ m.
- the source land LPS (source land conductor pattern 71 S) is disposed directly on the source via VH 2 S and the rear-surface terminal TE 2 is disposed directly below the source via VH 3 S
- the flatness of the source land LPS and the rear-surface terminal TE 2 can be improved.
- the source via VH 1 is connected only to the conductor layer inside the wiring board 3 , even when the upper surface and the lower surface of the conductor portion filling the source via VH 1 are dented to some extent, its influence is small.
- the flatness of the surface of the conductor portion filling the via it is advantageous to reduce the diameter of the via, and on the other hand, for the improvement of the heat dissipation properties through the via, it is advantageous to increase the diameter of the via.
- the diameters of the source vias VH 2 S and VH 3 for which the flatness is required are reduced to improve the flatness, and the diameter of the source via VH 1 for which the flatness is not required is increased to improve the heat dissipation properties.
- the diameter of the source via VH 2 S and the diameter of the source via VH 3 S are made smaller than the diameter of the source via VH 1 S.
- FIG. 40 is a plan view of the principal part of the semiconductor chip 2 of the present embodiment, and it corresponds to FIG. 28 of the first embodiment described above. Similarly to FIG. 28 , the planar layout of the source bump electrode BPS, the drain bump electrode BPD and the gate bump electrode BPG is shown by solid lines in FIG. 40 . Also, in FIG. 40 , the source conductor layer CNDS, the drain conductor layer CNDD and the gate conductor layer CNDG are shown by broken lines, the source pad M 3 S, the drain pad M 3 D and the gate pad M 3 G are shown by two-dot chain lines, and the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 is shown by broken lines so as to make the positional relation easily understood. FIG.
- FIG. 41 is a plan view of the principal part of the semiconductor chip 2 of the present embodiment showing the same region as FIG. 40 , and it corresponds to FIG. 35 described above.
- the layout of the source bump electrode BPS, the drain bump electrode BPD and the gate bump electrode BPG is shown by solid lines, the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 is shown by broken lines, and the illustration of other components is omitted.
- FIG. 41 is a plan view, hatching of diagonal lines is used for the source bump electrode BPS, the drain bump electrode BPD and the gate bump electrode BPG so as to make the drawing easily understood.
- each source bump electrode BPS electrically connected to a plurality of source regions (n + type source region 45 ) formed in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 through the source wirings M 1 S and M 2 S and others are disposed on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 .
- the planar shape of each source bump electrode BPS is the same as those of the other bump electrodes BP (drain bump electrode BPD, gate bump electrode BPG and others) and is the nearly circular shape.
- one source bump electrode BPS electrically connected to a plurality of source regions (n + type source region 45 ) formed in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 through the source wirings M 1 S and M 2 S and others is disposed on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 , and the planar shape of this source bump electrode BPS is devised.
- the source bump electrode BPS in the present embodiment has the planar shape obtained by combining and integrating, in the X direction, the plurality of source bump electrodes BPS disposed on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 in the semiconductor chip 2 of the above-described first embodiment.
- the source conductor layer CNDS in the present embodiment has the planar shape obtained by combining and integrating, in the X direction, the plurality of source conductor layers CNDS provided for each of the plurality of source bump electrodes BPS disposed on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 in the semiconductor chip 2 of the above-described first embodiment.
- the heat dissipation properties are improved when the planar dimensions (area) of the source bump electrode BPS are large. Further, the total area of the source bump electrode BPS disposed on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 can be more increased by forming the source bump electrode BPS having a planar shape obtained by combining and joining the plurality of source bump electrodes BPS compared with the case of providing the plurality of source bump electrodes BPS. Therefore, the source bump electrode BPS having a larger area than each of the drain bump electrodes BPD is disposed on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 .
- the large-area source bump electrode BPS is designed.
- the area (plane area) of the source bump electrode BPS disposed on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 is larger than the total area (plane area) of the two drain bump electrodes BPD (drain bump electrode BPD connected to the drain of the LDMOSFET element in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 ). More specifically, even when the plurality of drain bump electrodes BPD are formed for the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 , the area of each drain bump electrode BPD is almost equal, but the area of the source bump electrode BPS is larger than the sum of the areas of the two drain bump electrodes BPD thereof (that is, twice of the area of one drain bump electrode BPD).
- the heat generated by the LDMOSFET element in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 of the semiconductor chip 2 can be efficiently dissipated from the large-area source bump electrode BPS to the wiring board 3 , and the heat dissipation properties can be further improved.
- FIG. 42 is a plan view of the principal part showing the first modification example of the semiconductor chip 2 of the present embodiment
- FIG. 43 is a plan view of the principal part showing the second modification example of the semiconductor chip 2 of the present embodiment, and each of them corresponds to FIG. 41 described above.
- the layout of the source bump electrode BPS, the drain bump electrode BPD and the gate bump electrode BPG is shown by solid lines
- the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 is shown by broken lines
- the illustration of the other components is omitted.
- hatching of diagonal lines is used for the source bump electrode BPS, the drain bump electrode BPD and the gate bump electrode BPG so as to make the drawings easily understood.
- the planar shape of the source bump electrode BPS is a nearly rectangular shape. More specifically, it is a nearly rectangular shape having a long side in the X direction and a short side in the Y direction. Therefore, the length of the long side (dimension of long side, that is, dimension in the X direction) L 1 of the source bump electrode BPS is larger than the length of short side (dimension of short side, that is, dimension in the Y direction) L 2 of the source bump electrode BPS (L 1 >L 2 ).
- the nearly rectangular shape mentioned here means not only the true rectangle formed by two long sides with the same length and two short sides with the same length meeting at right angles, but the rectangle whose corners are truncated like the source bump electrode BPS in FIG. 42 , the rectangle whose short sides are semicircular like the source bump electrode BPS in FIG. 40 and FIG. 41 and the rectangle whose long sides are not straight lines like the source bump electrode BPS in FIG. 43 .
- the case where the long sides (sides extending in the X direction with the length L 1 ) are straight lines like the source bump electrode BPS in FIG. 41 and the source bump electrode BPS in FIG. 42 is more preferable than the case where the long sides are not straight lines like the source bump electrode BPS in FIG.
- the planar shape of the source bump electrode BPS is formed to have truncated corners like those of FIG. 41 and FIG. 42 is more preferable than the case where the planar shape of the source bump electrode BPS is formed to be the true rectangle whose four corners have an angle of 90 degrees because the source bump electrode BPS can be stably formed.
- the source bump electrode with the nearly rectangular shape means the planar shape in which the length L 1 of the long side is larger than the length L 2 of the short side, and the length L 1 of the long side of the source bump electrode BPS has the following features (that is, L 1 >L 3 ⁇ 2, L 1 >L 4 ).
- the source bump electrode BPS with a nearly rectangular shape is designed. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the length L 1 of the long side of the source bump electrode BPS disposed on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 is larger than twice the diameter L 3 of the drain bump electrode BPD (L 1 >L 3 ⁇ 2).
- the length L 1 of the long side of the source bump electrode BPS disposed on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 is larger than the length L 4 between the centers of the two adjacent drain bump electrodes BPD out of the plurality of drain bump electrodes BPD (L 1 >L 4 ).
- the length L 2 of the short side of the source bump electrode BPS can be made almost equal to the diameter L 3 of the drain bump electrode BPD.
- the source bump electrode BPS disposed on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 to have a nearly rectangular shape and increasing the length L 1 of the long side as described above, in the power amplifier module 1 , the heat generated by the LDMOSFET element in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 of the semiconductor chip 2 can be efficiently dissipated to the wiring board 3 from the source bump electrode BPS, and the heat dissipation properties can be further improved.
- FIG. 44 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part schematically showing the state just before mounting the semiconductor chip 2 of the present embodiment on the wiring board 3
- FIG. 45 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part showing the state where the semiconductor chip 2 of the present embodiment is flip-chip mounted on the wiring board 3 . Therefore, although FIG. 45 corresponds to the cross-sectional view of the principal part of the power amplifier module 1 , it does not illustrate the sealing resin 7 .
- FIG. 44 and FIG. 45 correspond to FIG. 33 and FIG. 34 of the above-described first embodiment, respectively. Therefore, the cross section taken along the line A 4 -A 4 of FIG. 41 when the semiconductor chip 2 is flip-chip mounted on the wiring board 3 corresponds to the cross-sectional views of FIG. 44 and FIG. 45 .
- the semiconductor chip 2 of the present embodiment is flip-chip mounted on the wiring board 3 , thereby making up the power amplifier module 1 as shown in FIG. 44 and FIG. 45 .
- the wiring board 3 shown in FIG. 44 and FIG. 45 is the same as the wiring board 3 of FIG. 32 used in the above-described first embodiment, the description of the structure of the wiring board 3 is omitted here.
- the difference in the mounting method of the semiconductor chip 2 on the wiring board 3 between the first embodiment and the present embodiment will be described.
- the source bump electrode BPS and the source land LPS are joined in a one-to-one manner. More specifically, after the plurality of source bump electrodes BPS are formed on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 , each of the plurality of source bump electrodes BPS is electrically and mechanically connected to each of the plurality of source lands LPS, and one source bump electrode BPS is joined to one source land LPS.
- the source bump electrode BPS and the source land LPS are joined in a one-to-multiple manner. More specifically, the source bump electrode BPS having the planar shape as described with reference to FIG. 40 to FIG. 43 is formed on the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 , and this source bump electrode BPS is electrically and mechanically connected to the plurality of source lands LPS. In other words, one source bump electrode BPS is joined to the plurality of source lands LPS. In the present embodiment, this can be easily realized because the source bump electrode BPS has a large area or the length L 1 of the long side is large as described with reference to FIG. 40 to FIG. 43 . Since the mounting method of the semiconductor chip 2 on the wiring board 3 is the same as that of the first embodiment other than this, the description thereof is omitted here.
- the heat dissipation path from the semiconductor chip 2 to the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 of the present embodiment is the same as that of the first embodiment. More specifically, similarly to the first embodiment, also in the present embodiment, the heat generated in the LDMOSFET element in the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 of the semiconductor chip 2 is conducted from the source bump electrode BP to the rear-surface terminal TE 2 through the source land LPS (source land conductor pattern 71 S), the source via VH 2 S, the conductor layer 72 , the source via VH 1 S, the conductor layer 73 and the source via VH 3 S, and then dissipated therefrom to the outside of the power amplifier module 1 . Since the positional relation of the source land LPS, the source via VH 2 S, the source via VH 1 S, the source via VH 3 S and the rear-surface terminal TE 2 is the same as that of the first embodiment, the description thereof is omitted here.
- the source bump electrode BPS is joined to the plurality of source lands LPS as described above in the present embodiment, in the power amplifier module 1 , the plurality of source lands LPS, the plurality of source vias VH 2 S, the plurality of source vias VH 1 S and the plurality of source vias VH 3 S are vertically arranged below (directly below) one source bump electrode BPS so as to be located on the straight lines orthogonal to the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 , respectively.
- the heat is dissipated from the source bump electrode BPS to the rear-surface terminal TE 2 on the lower surface 3 b of the wiring board 3 through a plurality of linear heat dissipation paths (heat dissipation paths made up of source vias VH 2 S, VH 1 S and VH 3 S arranged vertically), and then dissipated therefrom to the outside of the power amplifier module 1 .
- the heat dissipation properties of the power amplifier module 1 can be further improved by devising the planar shape of the source bump electrode BPS.
- the heat is apt to be generated particularly from the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 3 and REGH 3 out of the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 1 , REGL 2 , REGL 3 , REGH 1 , REGH 2 and REGH 3 , and the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 3 and REGH 3 have large areas. Therefore, it is extremely effective to apply the present embodiment when the LDMOSFET formation region REG 1 is the LDMOSFET formation regions REGL 3 and REGH 3 corresponding to the final amplifier stages LDML 3 and LDMH 3 .
- one or both of the source bumps BPS 3 and BPS 6 correspond to the source bump electrode BPS having the above-described planar shape.
- the present embodiment may have the same shape and the same area as the drain bump.
- FIG. 46 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part showing the state where the semiconductor chip 2 of the present embodiment is flip-chip mounted on the wiring board 3 of the first modification example of the first embodiment shown in FIG. 36 , and it corresponds to FIG. 45 described above. Also in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 46 , the source land conductor patterns 71 S making up each of the source lands LPS can be integrally coupled (connected) in the region covered with the solder resist layer SR 1 .
- FIG. 47 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part showing the state where the semiconductor chip 2 of the present embodiment is flip-chip mounted on the wiring board 3 of the second modification example of the first embodiment shown in FIG. 39 , and it corresponds to FIG. 45 described above. Also in the present embodiment, the effect described in relation to FIG. 39 can be obtained by making the diameter of the via VH 2 and the diameter of the via VH 3 smaller than the diameter of the via VH 1 and making the diameter of the source via VH 2 S and the diameter of the source via VH 3 S smaller than the diameter of the source via VH 1 S as shown in FIG. 47 .
- FIG. 48 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part showing the wiring board 3 of the third modification example, and it corresponds to FIG. 32 described above.
- the wiring board 3 of the third modification example shown in FIG. 48 is not used for the flip-chip mounting of the semiconductor chip 2 of the first embodiment but can be used in the case where the semiconductor chip 2 of the second embodiment is flip-chip mounted.
- FIG. 49 is a cross-sectional view of the principal part showing the state where the semiconductor chip 2 of the second embodiment is flip-chip mounted on the wiring board 3 of the third modification example of FIG. 48 , and it corresponds to FIG. 45 described above.
- the source bump electrode BPS of the semiconductor chip 2 is formed to have the planar shape shown in FIG. 41 to FIG. 43 , but in the wiring board 3 of the third modification example shown in FIG. 48 and FIG. 49 , the source land LPS to which the source bump electrode BPS is connected is formed to have the planar shape corresponding to the planar shape of the source bump electrode BPS (almost the same planar shape as the source bump electrode BPS). Therefore, as shown in FIG. 49 , the source bump electrode BPS and the source land LPS are joined by one-to-one manner. More specifically, in FIG. 49 , the source bump electrode BPS having the planar shape as described with reference to FIG. 40 to FIG.
- the plurality of source vias VH 2 S are disposed below (directly below) the source land LPS.
- Other configuration of the wiring board 3 of the third modification example shown in FIG. 48 and FIG. 49 is the same as any of the wiring board 3 shown in FIG. 32 , the wiring board 3 of the first modification example shown in FIG. 36 and the wiring board 3 of the second modification example shown in FIG. 39 . Therefore, also in the wiring board 3 of the third modification example shown in FIG. 48 and FIG. 49 , the positional relation of the source via VH 2 S, the source via VH 1 S, the source via VH 3 S and the rear-surface terminal TE 2 is the same as that described in the first embodiment.
- the plurality of source vias VH 2 S are disposed below (directly below) one source land LPS
- the plurality of source vias VH 1 S are disposed below (directly below) the plurality of source vias VH 2 S, respectively
- the plurality of source vias VH 3 S are disposed below (directly below) the plurality of source vias VH 1 S, respectively.
- the plurality of source via VH 2 S, the plurality of source via VH 1 S and the plurality of source via VH 3 S are (vertically) arranged on the same straight lines orthogonal to the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 , respectively. Therefore, in the power amplifier module 1 in which the semiconductor chip 2 of the second embodiment is flip-chip mounted on the wiring board 3 of the third modification example shown in FIG.
- one source land LPS, the plurality of source vias VH 2 S, the plurality of source vias VH 1 S and the plurality of source vias VH 3 S are vertically arranged below (directly below) the source bump electrode BPS of the semiconductor chip 2 so as to be located on the straight lines orthogonal to the upper surface 3 a of the wiring board 3 , respectively.
- the use of the wiring board 3 shown in FIG. 32 , the wiring board 3 of the first modification example shown in FIG. 36 and the wiring board 3 of the second modification example shown in FIG. 39 is more advantageous than the wiring board 3 of the third modification example shown in FIG. 48 and FIG. 49 in terms of stabilizing the connection of the semiconductor chip 2 flip-chip mounted on the wiring board 3 and preventing the tilt of the semiconductor chip 2 .
- the reason therefor is as follows.
- the amount of solder of the source bump electrode BPS becomes considerably large.
- the large-area source bump electrode BPS using a large amount of solder is solder-connected to the large-area source land LPS as shown in FIG. 49 , the solder connection state becomes uneven in the large-area source land LPS, and the flip-chip mounted semiconductor chip 2 is apt to be tilted.
- the large-area source bump electrode BPS using a large amount of solder is solder-connected to the plurality of source lands LPS as shown in FIG. 45 to FIG.
- the solder connection state of each of the plurality of source lands LPS can be easily made even, and the flip-chip mounted semiconductor chip 2 is less likely to be tilted. Therefore, the use of the wiring board 3 shown in FIG. 32 , the wiring board 3 of the first modification example shown in FIG. 36 and the wiring board 3 of the second modification example shown in FIG. 39 is more advantageous than the wiring board 3 of the third modification example shown in FIG. 48 and FIG. 49 in terms of stabilizing the connection of the semiconductor chip 2 and preventing the tilt of the semiconductor chip 2 . Accordingly, when the wiring board 3 of the third modification example shown in FIG. 48 and FIG. 49 is used, the tilt of the semiconductor chip 2 has to be prevented by appropriately adjusting the amount of solder of the source bump electrode BPS.
- an emitter bump electrode 419 b described later corresponds to the source bump electrode BPS of the present embodiment
- the emitter bump electrode 419 b corresponding to the source bump electrode BPS is connected to an emitter land corresponding to the source land LPS, and the source vias VH 1 S, VH 2 S and VH 3 S become emitter vias, respectively.
- the collector bump electrode 419 a and the base bump electrode 419 c described later are connected to the lands LP (collector land and base land), to which the collector bump electrode 419 a and the base bump electrode 419 c are to be connected, out of the lands LP of the wiring board 3 .
- the present embodiment relates to a semiconductor device and a manufacturing technique thereof, and more particular to a technique effectively applied to a semiconductor device including a heterojunction bipolar transistor (HBT) and a manufacturing technique thereof.
- HBT heterojunction bipolar transistor
- some semiconductor elements use a III-V group compound semiconductor such as gallium arsenide (GaAs).
- GaAs gallium arsenide
- the compound semiconductor is characterized in that it has higher mobility than silicon (Si) and semi-insulating crystal can be obtained. Also, the compound semiconductor can form a mixed crystal, and the heterojunction can be formed.
- the semiconductor element using the heterojunction includes the heterojunction bipolar transistor (hereinafter, HBT).
- HBT is a bipolar transistor using gallium arsenide as a base layer and using indium gallium phosphide (InGaP) or aluminum gallium phosphide (AlGaAs) as an emitter layer. More specifically, HBT is a bipolar transistor in which the heterojunction is formed by using different semiconductor materials to the base layer and the emitter layer.
- the forbidden band width of the emitter in the base-emitter junction can be made larger than the forbidden band width of the base. Therefore, since the implantation of carriers from the emitter to the base can be made extremely larger than the implantation of carriers from the base to the emitter, the current amplification factor of the HBT characteristically becomes extremely large.
- the HBT is used for, for example, a radio-frequency amplifier device (power amplifier module) mounted in a mobile phone.
- a radio-frequency amplifier device power amplifier module
- a semiconductor chip in which the HBT is formed is mounted on a wiring board.
- the frequencies of transmission and reception waves processed in the RF unit are as follows.
- 800 MHz band is used for PDC (Personal Digital Cellular)
- 1.5 GHz band is used for cdmaOne (Code Division Multiple Access One)
- 1.7 GHz band is used for CDMA2000
- 2100 MHz band is used for W-CDMA (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access).
- GSM Global System for Mobile Communications
- D-AMPS Digital Advanced Mobile Phone System
- the component which amplifies the transmission wave so as to have these respective frequencies for transmitting the radio waves from a telephone to a base station is the power amplifier.
- EDGE Enhanced Data GSM Environment
- 3G Third Generation technologies
- GPRS Global System for Mobile Communications
- the size of the power amplifier module is 6 mm long and 6 mm wide at the present time, but it is assumed that the size of 4 mm long and 4 mm wide becomes the mainstream in the next-generation power amplifier module.
- the HBT is used for the power amplifier module mounted on the mobile phone as described above.
- This power amplifier module mounts two ICs, that is, the IC for the frequency of the GSM system and the IC for the frequency of the DCS system, and these ICs include, for example, three-stage amplifier circuits and a control circuit for controlling these amplifier circuits.
- the HBT is used for the final-stage amplifier circuits (third-stage amplifier circuits 402 c and 403 c ) in which the high amplification factor is required.
- the three-stage amplifier circuits and the control circuit included in the power amplifier module are not formed in one semiconductor chip, but formed separately in two semiconductor chips.
- the second-stage amplifier circuits and the final-stage amplifier circuits are formed in the semiconductor chip made of compound semiconductor, and the control circuit and the first-stage amplifier circuits are formed in the second semiconductor chip made of silicon. Then, these semiconductor chip and second semiconductor chip are two-dimensionally (planarly) mounted on the wiring board and electrically connected to the wiring board by wire bonding.
- FIG. 68 is a cross-sectional view for describing the module formed by the conventional wire bonding.
- the two devices that is, the one including the control circuit, first-stage amplifier circuits IC and a regulator IC and the other including HBTs for the second-stage amplifier circuit and the third-stage amplifier circuit of GSM and HBTs for the second-stage amplifier circuit and the third-stage amplifier circuit of DCS, are connected by the wire bonding 421 , and chip components 414 such as a capacitor, a resistor, a reactance and a coil are mounted on the wiring 413 on the wiring board.
- chip components 414 such as a capacitor, a resistor, a reactance and a coil are mounted on the wiring 413 on the wiring board.
- the semiconductor chip 419 in which HBTs are formed is mounted with its surface opposite to an element formation surface facing to the wiring board.
- the semiconductor chip is mounted in a face-up manner with its element formation surface facing upward. Therefore, the heat generated in such elements as HBTs is transmitted to the rear surface of the semiconductor chip through the inside of the semiconductor chip.
- a substrate-surface electrode 416 through connection solder or high heat conduction adhesive 415 , it is transmitted to a GND external wiring 412 of the rear-surface electrode of the wiring board through vias 418 formed through the board, and then dissipated therefrom.
- the multiple-stage amplifier circuits corresponding to both the frequencies of the GSM system and the DCS system of EDGE are formed into one HBT chip, and the control IC and the LDO (Low Drop-Out) regulator circuit are formed in an IC chip, thereby realizing the size reduction and the cost reduction.
- the miniaturization is essential from the device design and structure.
- the semiconductor chip used for a high-power amplifier is made of compound semiconductor, but the compound semiconductor is inferior to silicon in heat conductivity. More specifically, since the heat dissipation efficiency of the heat generated in the region around the emitter of HBT is low, the thickness of the semiconductor chip has to be reduced to about 80 ⁇ m in order to improve the heat dissipation efficiency.
- FIG. 69 is an explanatory diagram for describing the conventional VIA hole, in which the arrangement of transistor group called finger in the case of seeing the HBT device from the front surface is seen from the above.
- the VIA hole 417 located at the center of the transistor group is formed by the wet etching process of the GaAs substrate.
- the GaAs substrate has to be thinly formed in view of the processing time relating to the reaction of the etching process and the optimum formation of the VIA shape.
- the back grind by which the GaAs substrate is ground from the rear surface side so as to have a predetermined thickness is necessary.
- this process is one of the factors that increase the processing cost of the semiconductor chip.
- an emitter electrode 435 and an emitter wiring are formed, and this wiring is connected to the rear-surface electrode through the wiring on the side surface of the VIA hole. Since Au is used for the wiring material, it costs too much. Since the Au wiring and the Au rear-surface electrode are formed mainly by plating, the process cost is high, and this is another problem.
- the thickness reduction of a wafer is necessary in relation to the processes for forming the through hole and the rear-surface electrode.
- an emitter bump is formed in a direction almost orthogonal to an emitter group having a VIA hole penetrating to the GaAs rear-surface electrode and an emitter wiring at the center of the finger shape.
- an object of the present embodiment is to provide a semiconductor device capable of achieving the cost reduction, high heat dissipation and miniaturization in relation to both an HBT semiconductor and a power amplifier module mounting the HBT semiconductor.
- FIG. 50 is a configuration diagram showing the configuration of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention, and it shows a circuit block of a radio-frequency amplifier in a power amplifier module mounted on a mobile phone or the like as a semiconductor device.
- the radio-frequency amplifier includes a control circuit 401 having a LDO (regulator circuit), amplifiers 402 a to 402 c and amplifiers 403 a to 403 c .
- This radio-frequency amplifier can amplify the signals of two frequency bands. More specifically, the one is GSM (Global System for Mobile Communication) system utilizing the first frequency, and it is possible to amplify the signal using 880 MHz to 915 MHz as a frequency band.
- GSM Global System for Mobile Communication
- the other is DCS (Digital Communication System 1800) system utilizing the second frequency, and it is possible to amplify the signal using 1710 MHz to 1785 MHz as a frequency band.
- DCS Digital Communication System 1800
- Control signals are inputted to the control circuit 401 in the radio-frequency amplifier, and the control circuit 401 controls the amplifiers 402 a to 402 c and the amplifiers 403 a to 403 c so as to keep the voltage and the current to be outputted always constant based on the inputted control signal.
- the control signal (V control (GSM)) for controlling the amplifiers 402 a to 402 c and the control signal (V control (DCS)) for controlling the amplifiers 403 a to 403 c can be separately inputted to this control circuit 401 .
- the control circuit 401 controls them based on the control signal (V control (GSM)), and when the amplifiers 403 a to 403 c are used, the control circuit 401 controls them based on the control signal (V control (DCS)).
- V control (GSM) control signal
- V control (DCS) control signal
- the radio frequency amplifier of the present embodiment controls the amplification of the signals in two types of frequency bands.
- An input power (input signal) P in (GSM) of the GSM system is inputted to the amplifiers 402 a to 402 c (first circuit), and this input power P in (GSM) is amplified through three stages.
- the power amplified by the amplifier 402 a is amplified by the amplifier 402 b .
- the power amplified by the amplifier 402 b is amplified by the final stage amplifier 402 c and then outputted from the radio-frequency amplifier.
- the power by the GSM system can be amplified in the amplifiers 402 a to 402 c.
- the power consumption of the control circuit 401 and the amplifier 402 a used for the first stage is several tens milliwatt, whereas the power consumption of the amplifier 402 c used for the final stage is several watt.
- a MOSFET or an HBT may be used for the amplifier 402 b used for the intermediate stage, and the power consumption thereof is several hundreds milliwatt.
- an input power (input signal) P in (DCS) of the DCS system is inputted to the amplifiers 403 a to 403 c (second circuit), and this is amplified through three stages.
- the power by the DCS system can be amplified in the amplifiers 403 a to 403 c.
- the amplifier 402 a and the amplifier 403 a used for the first stage, the control circuit 401 , the amplifier 402 b , the amplifier 402 c used for the final stage, the amplifier 403 b , and the amplifier 403 c used for the final stage are formed in one chip.
- FIG. 51 is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention, and it shows the structure of a power amplifier module.
- FIG. 52 is a plan view showing the structure of an emitter wiring layer by simplifying the element formation surface of HBT of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention
- FIG. 53 is a diagram showing the structure of the emitter wiring layer, arbitrarily-formed emitter electrode bump and signal electrode bump of HBT of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention.
- the power amplifier module as the semiconductor device includes a wiring board 410 , a sealing portion 423 formed and stacked on a front surface (main surface) of the wiring board 410 , and a plurality of external wirings 411 and a GND external wiring 412 provided on a rear surface of the wiring board 410 .
- a chip component 414 On the wiring board 410 , a chip component 414 , a semiconductor chip 419 and a control IC 428 are disposed.
- the multi-piece substrate on which the sealing portion 423 is formed is cut and divided in horizontal and vertical directions, thereby forming a plurality of power amplifier modules at a time. Therefore, the side surface of the wiring board 410 and the side surface of the sealing portion 423 are aligned with each other, and an end of the sealing portion 423 is not located at a position outside an end of the wiring board 410 .
- the wiring board 410 is made of, for example, a printed circuit board, and it has a structure obtained by laminating three dielectric layers (insulating layer). In this wiring board 410 and on a front surface (main surface) and a rear surface thereof, predetermined wirings are formed, and a part of the wirings formed on the front surface of the wiring board 410 and a part of the wirings formed on the rear surface of the wiring board 410 are electrically connected through the via 418 extending in the thickness direction of the wiring board 410 . It goes without saying that, although the number of dielectric layers is three in the description of the present embodiment, the number is not limited to three.
- the wiring 413 is formed on the front surface of the wiring board 410 in the power amplifier module, and the chip component 414 is formed so as to be connected to the wiring 413 .
- This chip component 414 is made up of, for example, a passive component such as a resistor and a capacitor, and it is electrically connected to the wiring 413 formed on the front surface of the wiring board 410 by a connection terminal 414 a .
- the wiring 416 is connected through the via 418 formed in the wiring board 410 to the GND external wiring 412 formed on the rear surface of the wiring board 410 .
- the semiconductor chip 419 is mounted on the front surface of the wiring board 410 , and the semiconductor chip 419 is mounted on the wiring board 410 through a collector bump electrode 419 a , an emitter bump electrode 419 b and a base bump electrode 419 c with its element formation surface facing downward (in a face-down manner).
- the semiconductor chip 419 is mounted on the wiring board 410 with its element formation surface facing downward (in a face-down manner).
- the connection bump on the ME 3 layer formed of the emitter electrode of the element is made of solder, metal plating, adhesive containing metal powder or the combination thereof.
- the heat generating portion near the emitter electrode, the bump and the heat dissipation VIA in the upper portion of the wiring board 410 are preferably formed so as to be arranged on the straight line in the Z direction as a heat dissipation path.
- the resin portion 423 made of resin is formed so as to cover the chip component 414 and the semiconductor chip 419 mounted on the wiring board 410 .
- the amplifiers 402 a , 402 b and 402 c and the amplifiers 403 a , 403 b and 403 c of the circuit shown in FIG. 50 are formed. Therefore, the power consumption of the semiconductor chip 419 is high compared with conventional one, and its heating value is also relatively high.
- the penetration VIA of the GaAs substrate is removed in the structure in which the flip-chip mounting is used for miniaturization in the present embodiment.
- the area of the VIA portion in the finger is shrunk, the ME 3 wiring layer is formed directly on the emitter wiring for the heat dissipation, an emitter wiring having a shape connecting the emitter electrodes of adjacent transistor groups of the GaAs HBT to one surface and covering them is formed, and the bump is formed at an arbitrary position where the heat is efficiently diffused, whereby the bump is formed at the position where the heat dissipation is highest for the heat dissipation VIA of the module substrate.
- the VIA hole is eliminated as shown in FIG. 52 .
- the finger portions come close to each other by the distance of the VIA hole, heat generation density is increased and more efficient heat dissipation structure is required.
- stripe bumps are formed as shown in FIG. 53 .
- the stripe-shaped bumps obtained by joining adjacent spherical bumps with metal are used.
- the bumps are connected to the heat dissipation VIA with solder, and the finger groups 501 of the adjacent emitter electrodes 435 of the ME 3 wiring layer are formed in one surface as shown in FIG. 52 so that the stripe bumps can be formed at arbitrary positions.
- the bumps need to be formed so as not to prevent the mounting for connecting the signal electrode bumps 420 of minute pitch of about 30 to 50 ⁇ m to the substrate.
- the heat dissipation bump has a nearly rectangular shape and is connected to a plurality of vias (for example, three vias). In order to reduce the heat resistance, smaller bump height is more preferable.
- the underfill is permeated under the chip after the connection of the semiconductor chip 419 , the voids are less likely to be formed when the bumps are directed to the same direction as shown in FIG. 53 because the underfill is readily provided under the chip.
- FIG. 54 is a diagram showing the internal structure of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention, and it is a plan view showing HBTs 25 to 27 formed in the semiconductor chip 419 .
- FIG. 55 is a plan view showing the state in which the plurality of HBTs and the first wiring layer of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention have been formed
- FIG. 56 is a plan view showing the state in which the plurality of HBTs, the first wiring layer and the second wiring layer of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention have been formed
- FIG. 57 is a plan view showing the state in which a plurality of HBT groups, the first wiring layer and a second wiring layer electrode across the plurality of HBT groups of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention have been formed.
- the HBTs 25 to 27 are formed at predetermined intervals on a sub-collector layer 431 made of an n + type GaAs layer isolated from other elements by a mesa isolation 500 .
- the HBTs 25 to 27 have the same structure, the structure of the HBT 25 formed on the left side out of the HBTs 25 to 27 will be described.
- the HBT 25 has a collector electrode 437 formed on the sub-collector layer 431 and a collector mesa 432 formed so as to be separate from the collector electrode 437 by a predetermined interval.
- the collector electrode 437 is made of, for example, gold (Au).
- the collector mesa 432 is made of, for example, an n type GaAs layer, and this collector mesa 432 and the collector electrode 437 are electrically connected to each other through the sub-collector layer 431 . Further, a base mesa 433 made of, for example, a p type GaAs layer is formed on the collector mesa 432 .
- a base electrode 436 made of gold or the like is formed in a peripheral region on the base mesa 433 . More specifically, the base electrode 436 having a U shape inverted by 180 degrees is formed on the base mesa 433 . Further, an emitter layer 434 is formed near the center on the base mesa 433 , and the emitter electrode 435 is formed on the emitter layer 434 .
- the emitter layer 434 is formed by a layer obtained by stacking an n type InGaP layer, a GaAs layer and an InGaAs layer, and the emitter layer 435 is made of, for example, tungsten silicide (WSi).
- WSi tungsten silicide
- heterojunction is formed between the base mesa (p type GaAs layer) 433 and the emitter layer (n type InGaP layer) 434 .
- the HBT 25 of the present embodiment has a structure in which the collector electrode 437 is formed as the lowermost layer, the emitter electrode 435 is formed as the uppermost layer and the base electrode 436 is formed as the intermediate layer.
- the HBT 25 is made up as described above, and the HBT 26 and the HBT 27 having the same structure as the HBT 25 are formed and arranged in a lateral direction.
- each of the collector electrodes 437 of the HBTs 25 to 27 is commonly connected to a first collector wiring ME 1 c through contact holes 439 a filled with a conductive material. More specifically, the first collector wiring ME 1 c electrically connects each of the collector electrodes 437 of the HBTs 25 to 27 and is formed in the first wiring layer. Also, each of the base electrodes 436 of the HBTs 25 to 27 is commonly connected to a first base wiring ME 1 b through contact holes 439 b filled with a conductive material. This first base wiring ME 1 b is also formed in the first wiring layer, that is, in the same layer as the first collector wiring ME 1 c.
- each of the emitter electrodes 435 of the HBTs 25 to 27 is commonly connected to an emitter wiring ME 2 e through contact holes 442 a filled with a conductive material. More specifically, the emitter wiring ME 2 e extends in the direction in which the HBTs 25 to 27 are arranged and is connected to each of the emitter electrodes 435 through the contact holes 442 a filled with a conductive material. The emitter wiring ME 2 e is formed in the second wiring layer disposed on the first wiring layer.
- the reason why the emitter wiring ME 2 e is formed in the second wiring layer is that the emitter electrode 435 is formed at the position higher than those of the base electrode 436 and the collector electrode 437 .
- the first collector wiring ME 1 c is connected to the second collector wiring ME 2 c through a contact hole 442 b filled with a conductive material
- the first base wiring ME 1 b is connected to the second base wiring ME 2 b through a contact hole 442 c filled with a conductive material.
- These second collector wiring ME 2 c and second base wiring ME 2 b are formed in the second wiring layer.
- FIG. 57 the plan view in which the HBTs 25 to 27 , the first wiring layer, the second wiring layer and the third wiring layer (bump electrode) have been formed is shown in FIG. 57 .
- the emitter bump electrode 419 b is formed directly on the emitter wiring ME 2 e formed in the second wiring layer. More specifically, the emitter bump electrode 419 b is formed in the third wiring layer, but the third wiring layer is formed directly on the second wiring layer without interposing a contact hole between the second wiring layer and the third wiring layer.
- the emitter bump electrode 419 b extends in the direction in which the HBTs 25 to 27 are arranged and is electrically connected to each of the emitter electrodes 435 through the emitter wirings ME 2 e formed in the second wiring layer. Since the common emitter wiring layer ME 3 and the emitter bump electrode 419 b are formed for the emitter electrode groups 501 whose heat capacity and heat generation density are increased because they extend in a predetermined direction, the heat generated near each of the emitter electrodes 435 can be rapidly diffused to the common emitter wiring layer ME 3 and emitter bump electrode 419 b . Therefore, the heat dissipation efficiency of the heat generated in the HBTs 25 to 27 can be improved.
- the collector bump electrode 419 a (not shown) is formed directly on the second collector wiring ME 2 c .
- the base bump electrode 419 c (not shown) is formed directly on the second base wiring layer ME 2 b . Since these collector bump electrode 419 a , emitter bump electrode 419 b and base bump electrode 419 c are formed in the same third wiring layer, the element formation surface of the semiconductor chip 19 is flattened.
- the ME 2 e layer can be formed in the same process as the ME 3 layer.
- Each of the wirings of the ME 2 e layer and the ME 3 layer can be formed integrally or separately.
- FIG. 58 to FIG. 63 are cross-sectional views for describing the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention.
- FIG. 58 shows a cross-sectional view taken along the line A-A in FIG. 54 .
- the sub-collector layer 431 made of an n + type GaAs layer is formed on a semi-insulating GaAs substrate (semiconductor wafer) 430 by using the metal organic chemical vapor deposition (MOCVD) method.
- MOCVD metal organic chemical vapor deposition
- the HBTs 25 to 27 are formed in each chip region on the sub-collector layer 431 .
- the process of forming the HBTs 25 to 27 will be simply described below.
- the collector layer made of an n type GaAs layer and the base layer made of a p type GaAs layer are formed so as to be stacked. Then, by performing the MOCVD method on the base layer, the n type InGaP layer, the GaAs layer and the InGaAs layer are sequentially formed.
- a tungsten silicide film is formed as a conductive film on the InGaAs layer.
- the tungsten silicide film can be formed by using the sputtering method.
- the tungsten silicide film is patterned by using the photolithography technique and the etching technique, thereby forming the emitter electrodes 435 .
- the n type InGaAs layer, the GaAs layer and the InGaP layer are sequentially etched with using the emitter electrodes 435 as a mask, thereby forming the emitter layers 434 .
- the base electrodes 436 made of, for example, gold are formed on the exposed base layers.
- the base mesas 433 are formed by using the photolithography technique and the etching technique, and thereafter, the collector mesas 432 are formed. Then, the collector electrodes 437 made of gold or the like are formed on the exposed sub-collector layer 431 . In this manner, the HBTs 25 to 27 can be formed. Finally, the mesa isolation 500 is formed for the electrical isolation from other elements.
- an insulating film 438 is formed on the element formation surface of the GaAs substrate 430 on which the HBTs 25 to 27 have been formed.
- the insulating film 438 is formed of silicon oxide films stacked by using the plasma chemical vapor deposition (P-CVD) method and the spin-on glass (SOG) method. More specifically, in the SOG method, after the solution obtained by dissolving silica into solvent such as alcohol is spin-coated on the element formation surface of the GaAs substrate 430 , the solvent is evaporated by the heat treatment, thereby forming the silicon oxide film to be the insulating film 438 .
- the contact holes 439 a are formed in the insulating film 438 .
- the contact hole 439 a is formed so as to open the upper portion of the collector electrode 437 , and the collector electrode 437 is exposed at the bottom of the contact hole 439 a .
- the contact holes 439 b penetrating to the base electrodes 436 are also formed.
- FIG. 60 shows a cross-sectional view taken along the line A-A in FIG. 55 .
- a molybdenum film 440 a a gold film 440 b and a molybdenum film 440 c are sequentially formed on the insulating film 438 including the inside of the contact holes 439 a by using the plating technique and the photolithography technique, thereby forming the first collector wiring ME 1 c .
- the first collector wiring ME 1 c is formed in the first wiring layer and commonly connects each of the collector electrodes 437 .
- the first base wiring ME 1 b is also formed on the insulating film 438 including the contact holes 439 b (see FIG. 55 ). It is also possible to form the first collector wiring ME 1 c and the first base wiring ME 1 b by, for example, the sputtering method.
- FIG. 61 shows a cross-sectional view taken along the line A-A in FIG. 56 .
- an insulating film 441 is formed on the insulating film 438 on which the first collector wiring ME 1 c has been formed.
- the insulating film 441 is formed of silicon oxide films stacked by using the plasma chemical vapor deposition (P-CVD) method and the SOG method.
- the contact holes 442 a reaching the emitter electrodes 435 are formed in the insulating film 438 and the insulating film 441 by using the photolithography technique and the etching technique.
- contact holes 442 b reaching the first collector wiring ME 1 c and contact holes 442 c reaching the first base wiring ME 1 b as shown in FIG. 56 are also formed.
- a molybdenum film 443 a , a gold film 443 b and a molybdenum film 443 c are sequentially formed on the insulating film 441 including the inside of the contact holes 442 a by using the plating technique and the photolithography technique, thereby forming the emitter wiring ME 2 e .
- This emitter wiring ME 2 e extends in the direction in which the HBTs 25 to 27 are arranged and is commonly connected to each of the emitter electrodes 435 .
- This emitter wiring ME 2 e is formed in the second wiring layer.
- the second collector wiring ME 2 c is formed on the first collector wiring ME 1 c through the contact holes 442 b filled with a conductive material and the second base wiring ME 2 b is formed on the first base wiring ME 1 b through the contact holes 442 c filled with a conductive material as shown in FIG. 56 .
- the second collector wiring ME 2 c and the second base wiring ME 2 b are also formed in the second wiring layer.
- FIG. 62 shows a cross-sectional view taken along the line A-A in FIG. 57 .
- the silicon nitride film (not shown) to be a passivation film is formed on the insulating film 441 including the emitter wiring ME 2 e .
- the silicon nitride film is patterned by using the photolithography technique and the etching technique. The patterning is performed so as to open the bump electrode formation regions.
- a molybdenum/gold film 445 a made of molybdenum and gold is formed in the region including the upper surface of the emitter wiring ME 2 e by using, for example, the sputtering method.
- a gold film 445 b is formed on the molybdenum/gold film 445 a by using the photolithography technique and the plating technique, thereby forming the emitter bump electrode 419 b , and then, the solder 46 is formed thereon as shown in FIG. 63 .
- This emitter bump electrode 419 b is formed so as to include the emitter wiring ME 2 e extending in the direction in which the HBTs 25 to 27 are arranged.
- the ME 3 layer extending in an arbitrary direction is formed so as to connect the adjacent emitter groups 501 including the emitter electrodes arranged in the direction in which the HBTs 25 to 27 are arranged.
- the emitter bump electrode 419 b can be formed in an arbitrary position regardless of the direction of the emitter groups 501 in which the HBTs 25 to 27 are arranged.
- the emitter bump electrode 419 b is formed so as to extend in the direction orthogonal to the adjacent emitter groups.
- collector bump electrode 419 a ( 442 a ) and the base bump electrode 419 c ( 442 c ) are also formed when the emitter bump electrode 419 b is formed.
- the GaAs substrate 430 is cut and separated into individual semiconductor chips.
- the separated individual chip is, for example, the semiconductor chip 419 shown in FIG. 51 .
- the semiconductor chips 419 are mounted on a multi-piece substrate in which the plurality of wiring boards 410 shown in FIG. 51 are formed.
- the emitter bump electrode 419 b formed in the semiconductor chip 419 is connected so as to enclose the plurality of vias 418 formed in the wiring board 410 .
- the plurality of vias 418 are connected to the GND external wiring 412 formed on the rear surface of the wiring board 410 shown in FIG. 51 .
- the chip component 414 and the semiconductor chip 419 mounted on each of the wiring boards 410 are connected by, for example, Sn3Ag0.5Cu solder paste (metal composition thereof is Sn of about 96.5 wt %, Ag of about 3 wt % and Cu of about 0.5 wt %) as shown in FIG. 51 , and the component mounting surface of the multi-piece substrate is sealed with resin. Thereafter, the multi-piece substrate is cut and separated into respective wiring boards 410 . In this manner, the power amplifier module as shown in FIG. 51 can be formed.
- the emitter bump electrode 419 b extending in the direction of the emitter group having no VIA hole at the center of one emitter group is connected to the GND external wiring 412 through a plurality of vias 418 .
- the heat generated in the HBTs 25 to 27 is transmitted to the emitter bump electrode 419 b extending in the direction orthogonal to the direction in which the HBTs 25 to 27 are arranged, and thereafter, it is dissipated from the GND external wiring 412 through the plurality of vias 418 . Therefore, since the heat is dissipated through the plurality of vias 418 , the heat dissipation efficiency can be improved.
- the semiconductor chip 419 is flip-chip connected in the power amplifier module of the present embodiment, the wire bonding area of the power amplifier module can be reduced in size.
- the heat transmitted through the emitter bump electrode 419 b is transmitted to the GND external wiring 412 through the plurality of vias 418 , and therefore, the heat dissipation efficiency can be improved.
- the emitter bump electrode 419 b is present in the circuit of the GSM system and another emitter bump electrode is present in the circuit of the DCS system, one circuit is not used when the other circuit is used. Therefore, for example, when the circuit of the GSM system is used and the heat is generated from the emitter bump electrode 419 b , this heat can be efficiently transmitted to the GND external wiring 412 by using also the vias on the side of the emitter bump electrode of the circuit of the DCS system.
- metal bumps there are an Au stud bump, a bump formed by performing solder plating to an Au plating bump or a Cu plating bump, a bump formed by performing plating to a Cu ball and a bump formed by soldering to a Cu metal fragment.
- the bumps with the shape as described above can be arbitrarily formed on the common emitter wiring layer (M 3 ).
- the size of the thorough hole capable of being formed in the substrate is restricted by the diameter of the through hole, the thickness of Cu on the sidewall of the through hole, and the number of signal wirings to be disposed in the periphery. Therefore, the bump can be formed in the arbitrary position on the emitter wiring so that the bump is formed directly on the through hole of the substrate where the heat can be most efficiently dissipated.
- the bump by metal plating after forming a single body of Mo, Ti, Pt, AuGe, W, Ni—W or others or a metal layer made of alloy or containing heterogeneous mixture on the front surface of the Au wiring of the emitter bump.
- Pd and Ni solder diffusion barrier layer are formed, and the Sn-based solder plating may be formed.
- the electroless Ni—P plating, electroless Ni—B plating or others is used for the Ni plating, but the Ni plating is not limited to them.
- the type of these solders may be Sn, Sn—Cu, Sn—Bi, Sn—Ag, Sn—Ag—Cu, Sn—Zn, Sn—Pb and others, and the composition thereof is not limited.
- the solder paste can be used instead of the plating.
- any paste can be used as long as it is made based on Sn, or Au—Sn or AuGe solder may be used.
- the composition thereof is not limited.
- the Ag paste, the Cu paste and Au paste which are the mixture of an organic adhesive material, metal and metal oxide filler, or the mixture of an organic adhesive material and carbon nanotube may be formed.
- FIG. 64 to FIG. 67 are explanatory diagrams for describing the modification example of the semiconductor device according to an embodiment (third embodiment) of the present invention.
- the underfill resin can readily flow under the chip and the voids are less likely to be formed in the underfill, and therefore, the reliability in the mounting process can be improved.
- the emitter electrode groups have respectively different directionalities and a series of bumps are arranged in a predetermined direction.
- the underfill resin can more readily flow under the chip and the voids are less likely to be formed in the underfill, and therefore, the reliability in the mounting process can be improved.
- the bumps may be arranged in the direction of 45 degrees. Also, when the top priority is given to the heat dissipation, the bumps may be arranged at arbitrary angle in the light of the substrate design. In this case, in order to suppress the formation of the voids, the method in which the underfill is first coated and formed so as to have the effect of the temporary joint is effective.
- the emitter electrode groups have respectively different directionalities and a series of bumps are not arranged in a predetermined direction.
- the method in which the opposite side of the underfill injection to the semiconductor chip is vacuumed to promote the underfill injection is employed, whereby the reliability in the process of forming the underfill can be improved.
- the method in which the sealing resin is used also as the underfill, that is, the opposite side of the sealing resin inlet of the mold in the mold resin sealing is vacuumed for the vacuum molding is employed, whereby the reliability of the process of forming the underfill can be improved.
- a solder plating 502 of a column of Au or Cu is formed on the common emitter wiring layer (ME 3 ) to form a bump shape having a rectangular protrusion 505 which is convex upward.
- an npn type bipolar transistor has been described, but the present invention can be applied also to a pnp type bipolar transistor.
- a bipolar transistor formed on a GaAs substrate has been described, but other compound semiconductor may be used for the substrate.
- the present invention can be applied also to the HBT using a GaAs substrate and including an AlGaAs (aluminum gallium arsenide) layer as an emitter layer.
Abstract
Description
Claims (18)
Applications Claiming Priority (9)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2008-283810 | 2008-11-05 | ||
JP2008283810 | 2008-11-05 | ||
JPJP2008-283810 | 2008-11-05 | ||
JPJP2009-097248 | 2009-04-13 | ||
JP2009-097248 | 2009-04-13 | ||
JP2009097248 | 2009-04-13 | ||
JP2009198360A JP5407667B2 (en) | 2008-11-05 | 2009-08-28 | Semiconductor device |
JPJP2009-198360 | 2009-08-28 | ||
JP2009-198360 | 2009-08-28 |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20100109052A1 US20100109052A1 (en) | 2010-05-06 |
US8742499B2 true US8742499B2 (en) | 2014-06-03 |
Family
ID=42130323
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/608,751 Active 2032-01-10 US8742499B2 (en) | 2008-11-05 | 2009-10-29 | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US8742499B2 (en) |
JP (1) | JP5407667B2 (en) |
Cited By (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20140374893A1 (en) * | 2013-06-25 | 2014-12-25 | Keun Ho Choi | Semiconductor package |
US20150171804A1 (en) * | 2012-07-27 | 2015-06-18 | Soongsil University Research Consortium Techno- Park | Power amplifier having stack structure |
US9666551B1 (en) | 2015-12-09 | 2017-05-30 | Smasung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Semiconductor chip, semiconductor package including the same, and method of manufacturing semiconductor chip |
US10911080B2 (en) * | 2017-03-14 | 2021-02-02 | Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Radio frequency module |
US10950569B2 (en) * | 2018-08-09 | 2021-03-16 | Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | High frequency module and communication device |
US10964657B2 (en) * | 2018-08-09 | 2021-03-30 | Murata Manufacturing Co.. Ltd. | Radio-frequency module and communication device |
US10971466B2 (en) * | 2018-08-09 | 2021-04-06 | Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | High frequency module and communication device |
US20210203371A1 (en) * | 2019-12-25 | 2021-07-01 | Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Radio frequency module and communication device |
Families Citing this family (62)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9084377B2 (en) * | 2007-03-30 | 2015-07-14 | Stats Chippac Ltd. | Integrated circuit package system with mounting features for clearance |
JP5405785B2 (en) * | 2008-09-19 | 2014-02-05 | ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 | Semiconductor device |
JP2010258366A (en) * | 2009-04-28 | 2010-11-11 | Renesas Electronics Corp | Semiconductor device |
JP2010272689A (en) * | 2009-05-21 | 2010-12-02 | Renesas Electronics Corp | Field effect transistor |
JP5240155B2 (en) * | 2009-10-06 | 2013-07-17 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Mounting circuit board |
JP5355380B2 (en) * | 2009-12-25 | 2013-11-27 | 新光電気工業株式会社 | Multilayer wiring board |
JP5644286B2 (en) * | 2010-09-07 | 2014-12-24 | オムロン株式会社 | Electronic component surface mounting method and electronic component mounted substrate |
JP5447453B2 (en) | 2010-11-03 | 2014-03-19 | 株式会社デンソー | Switching module |
US8304916B1 (en) * | 2011-07-06 | 2012-11-06 | Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation | Half-through vias for suppression of substrate modes |
US8628636B2 (en) * | 2012-01-13 | 2014-01-14 | Advance Materials Corporation | Method of manufacturing a package substrate |
US8670671B2 (en) * | 2012-01-30 | 2014-03-11 | Oracle International Corporation | Energy-efficient optical source |
US9717146B2 (en) | 2012-05-22 | 2017-07-25 | Intersil Americas LLC | Circuit module such as a high-density lead frame array (HDA) power module, and method of making same |
US9035194B2 (en) * | 2012-10-30 | 2015-05-19 | Intel Corporation | Circuit board with integrated passive devices |
JP6093556B2 (en) * | 2012-11-13 | 2017-03-08 | 富士通株式会社 | Semiconductor device, semiconductor integrated circuit device, and electronic device |
US20140167900A1 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2014-06-19 | Gregorio R. Murtagian | Surface-mount inductor structures for forming one or more inductors with substrate traces |
CN104009772A (en) * | 2013-02-26 | 2014-08-27 | 民瑞科技股份有限公司 | GSM mobile communication front-end module circuit device |
CN104425571B (en) * | 2013-09-10 | 2017-03-01 | 台达电子工业股份有限公司 | Semiconductor device |
US9613921B2 (en) * | 2013-10-18 | 2017-04-04 | Globalfoundries Inc. | Structure to prevent solder extrusion |
US9343418B2 (en) | 2013-11-05 | 2016-05-17 | Xilinx, Inc. | Solder bump arrangements for large area analog circuitry |
US11508834B2 (en) | 2014-11-27 | 2022-11-22 | Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Compound semiconductor device |
JP6071009B2 (en) | 2014-11-27 | 2017-02-01 | 株式会社村田製作所 | Compound semiconductor device |
US10868155B2 (en) | 2014-11-27 | 2020-12-15 | Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Compound semiconductor device |
EP3277065B1 (en) * | 2015-03-27 | 2021-08-11 | Kyocera Corporation | Imaging component, and imaging module provided with same |
FR3036917B1 (en) * | 2015-05-28 | 2018-11-02 | IFP Energies Nouvelles | ELECTRONIC DEVICE COMPRISING A PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD WITH IMPROVED COOLING. |
CN105899003B (en) * | 2015-11-06 | 2019-11-26 | 武汉光谷创元电子有限公司 | Single layer board, multilayer circuit board and their manufacturing method |
US10165682B2 (en) * | 2015-12-28 | 2018-12-25 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Opening in the pad for bonding integrated passive device in InFO package |
JP6617590B2 (en) * | 2016-02-03 | 2019-12-11 | 富士通株式会社 | Semiconductor device |
JP6577910B2 (en) * | 2016-06-23 | 2019-09-18 | ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 | Electronic equipment |
JP6881726B2 (en) * | 2016-06-28 | 2021-06-02 | 株式会社Joled | Mounting board |
JP2018098487A (en) * | 2016-12-14 | 2018-06-21 | 株式会社村田製作所 | Semiconductor module |
JP2018181943A (en) | 2017-04-05 | 2018-11-15 | 株式会社村田製作所 | Power amplifier module |
US11393692B2 (en) * | 2017-08-17 | 2022-07-19 | Semiconductor Components Industries, Llc | Semiconductor package electrical contact structures and related methods |
US10727391B2 (en) | 2017-09-29 | 2020-07-28 | International Business Machines Corporation | Bump bonded cryogenic chip carrier |
US10510694B2 (en) * | 2018-04-18 | 2019-12-17 | Analog Devices, Inc. | Radio frequency communication systems |
JP2019192729A (en) * | 2018-04-23 | 2019-10-31 | 株式会社村田製作所 | Semiconductor device |
KR20200087479A (en) * | 2019-01-11 | 2020-07-21 | 스템코 주식회사 | Multilayer substrate and manufacturing method thereof |
JP2020120080A (en) | 2019-01-28 | 2020-08-06 | 株式会社村田製作所 | Semiconductor element |
DE112020000716T5 (en) * | 2019-02-08 | 2021-11-25 | Ams International Ag | REDUCING THE SENSITIVITY OF INTEGRATED CIRCUITS AND SENSORS TO HIGH FREQUENCY INTERFERENCE |
JP2020150026A (en) | 2019-03-11 | 2020-09-17 | 株式会社村田製作所 | Multilayer wiring board |
JP7091555B2 (en) * | 2019-04-01 | 2022-06-27 | ヌヴォトンテクノロジージャパン株式会社 | Power amplifier |
CN111162069B (en) * | 2019-12-23 | 2022-04-01 | 美的集团(上海)有限公司 | Intelligent power module and preparation method thereof |
JP2023520028A (en) | 2020-04-03 | 2023-05-15 | ウルフスピード インコーポレイテッド | III-Nitride based high frequency transistor amplifier with source, gate and/or drain conductive vias |
KR20220162147A (en) | 2020-04-03 | 2022-12-07 | 울프스피드, 인크. | III-Nitride Radio Frequency Amplifiers with Backside Source, Gate and/or Drain Terminals |
JP2021170582A (en) * | 2020-04-15 | 2021-10-28 | 株式会社村田製作所 | Amplifier module |
US20210328552A1 (en) * | 2020-04-17 | 2021-10-21 | Nxp Usa, Inc. | Power amplifier modules including topside cooling interfaces and methods for the fabrication thereof |
CN115552801A (en) * | 2020-05-27 | 2022-12-30 | 株式会社村田制作所 | High-frequency module and communication device |
US11387169B2 (en) | 2020-08-04 | 2022-07-12 | Nxp Usa, Inc. | Transistor with I/O ports in an active area of the transistor |
CN115917731A (en) * | 2020-09-30 | 2023-04-04 | 株式会社村田制作所 | High-frequency module and communication device |
WO2022071008A1 (en) * | 2020-09-30 | 2022-04-07 | 株式会社村田製作所 | High-frequency module and communication device |
CN116097428A (en) * | 2020-09-30 | 2023-05-09 | 株式会社村田制作所 | High-frequency module and communication device |
WO2022071009A1 (en) * | 2020-09-30 | 2022-04-07 | 株式会社村田製作所 | High-frequency module and communication device |
WO2022071010A1 (en) * | 2020-09-30 | 2022-04-07 | 株式会社村田製作所 | High-frequency module and communication device |
US11587852B2 (en) * | 2020-10-12 | 2023-02-21 | Nxp Usa, Inc. | Power amplifier modules with flip-chip and non-flip-chip power transistor dies |
US11502026B2 (en) * | 2020-10-12 | 2022-11-15 | Nxp Usa, Inc. | Transistor with flip-chip topology and power amplifier containing same |
JP2022071925A (en) * | 2020-10-29 | 2022-05-17 | ローム株式会社 | Semiconductor device and method for manufacturing semiconductor device |
WO2022202003A1 (en) * | 2021-03-26 | 2022-09-29 | 株式会社村田製作所 | Semiconductor device and semiconductor module |
WO2022202004A1 (en) * | 2021-03-26 | 2022-09-29 | 株式会社村田製作所 | Semiconductor device and semiconductor module |
WO2022224957A1 (en) * | 2021-04-23 | 2022-10-27 | 株式会社村田製作所 | Semiconductor device |
WO2022224956A1 (en) * | 2021-04-23 | 2022-10-27 | 株式会社村田製作所 | Semiconductor device |
TWI769090B (en) * | 2021-10-03 | 2022-06-21 | 郭明騰 | Light source module |
EP4195259A1 (en) * | 2021-12-07 | 2023-06-14 | Nexperia B.V. | Lateral power semiconductor device |
WO2023112486A1 (en) * | 2021-12-17 | 2023-06-22 | 株式会社村田製作所 | Bipolar transistor and semiconductor device |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2001244274A (en) | 2000-03-02 | 2001-09-07 | Sharp Corp | Semiconductor device and its manufacturing method as well as radio communication system |
JP2003273520A (en) | 2002-03-14 | 2003-09-26 | Tdk Corp | Laminate module |
US20050258452A1 (en) | 2004-05-12 | 2005-11-24 | Satoru Konishi | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method therefor |
US20070210866A1 (en) * | 2006-02-28 | 2007-09-13 | Yusuke Sato | Rf power module |
JP2008042038A (en) | 2006-08-08 | 2008-02-21 | Renesas Technology Corp | Electronic apparatus and semiconductor device |
Family Cites Families (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2007188916A (en) * | 2006-01-11 | 2007-07-26 | Renesas Technology Corp | Semiconductor device |
JPWO2008078363A1 (en) * | 2006-12-22 | 2010-04-15 | 株式会社ルネサステクノロジ | Semiconductor device manufacturing method and semiconductor device |
-
2009
- 2009-08-28 JP JP2009198360A patent/JP5407667B2/en active Active
- 2009-10-29 US US12/608,751 patent/US8742499B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2001244274A (en) | 2000-03-02 | 2001-09-07 | Sharp Corp | Semiconductor device and its manufacturing method as well as radio communication system |
JP2003273520A (en) | 2002-03-14 | 2003-09-26 | Tdk Corp | Laminate module |
US20050258452A1 (en) | 2004-05-12 | 2005-11-24 | Satoru Konishi | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method therefor |
JP2005327805A (en) | 2004-05-12 | 2005-11-24 | Renesas Technology Corp | Semiconductor device and its manufacturing method |
US20090194792A1 (en) | 2004-05-12 | 2009-08-06 | Renesas Technology Corp. | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method therefor |
US20070210866A1 (en) * | 2006-02-28 | 2007-09-13 | Yusuke Sato | Rf power module |
JP2008042038A (en) | 2006-08-08 | 2008-02-21 | Renesas Technology Corp | Electronic apparatus and semiconductor device |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
Office Action issued Jul. 23, 2013, in Japanese Patent Application No. 2009-198360, with English translation. |
Cited By (14)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9680427B2 (en) | 2012-07-27 | 2017-06-13 | Soongsil University Research Consortium Techno-Park | Power amplifier having stack structure |
US20150171804A1 (en) * | 2012-07-27 | 2015-06-18 | Soongsil University Research Consortium Techno- Park | Power amplifier having stack structure |
US9503036B2 (en) * | 2012-07-27 | 2016-11-22 | Soongsil University Research Consortium Techno-Park | Power amplifier having stack structure |
US9111913B2 (en) * | 2013-06-25 | 2015-08-18 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Semiconductor package |
US20140374893A1 (en) * | 2013-06-25 | 2014-12-25 | Keun Ho Choi | Semiconductor package |
US10134702B2 (en) | 2015-12-09 | 2018-11-20 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Semiconductor chip, semiconductor package including the same, and method of manufacturing semiconductor chip |
US9666551B1 (en) | 2015-12-09 | 2017-05-30 | Smasung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Semiconductor chip, semiconductor package including the same, and method of manufacturing semiconductor chip |
US10911080B2 (en) * | 2017-03-14 | 2021-02-02 | Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Radio frequency module |
US11201633B2 (en) * | 2017-03-14 | 2021-12-14 | Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Radio frequency module |
US11476878B2 (en) * | 2017-03-14 | 2022-10-18 | Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Radio frequency module |
US10950569B2 (en) * | 2018-08-09 | 2021-03-16 | Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | High frequency module and communication device |
US10964657B2 (en) * | 2018-08-09 | 2021-03-30 | Murata Manufacturing Co.. Ltd. | Radio-frequency module and communication device |
US10971466B2 (en) * | 2018-08-09 | 2021-04-06 | Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | High frequency module and communication device |
US20210203371A1 (en) * | 2019-12-25 | 2021-07-01 | Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Radio frequency module and communication device |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20100109052A1 (en) | 2010-05-06 |
JP2010267944A (en) | 2010-11-25 |
JP5407667B2 (en) | 2014-02-05 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US8742499B2 (en) | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof | |
JP4892253B2 (en) | Electronic equipment | |
US8129784B2 (en) | Semiconductor device | |
US7511315B2 (en) | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method therefor | |
KR100993276B1 (en) | Semiconductor device and electronic device | |
US8557633B2 (en) | Electronic device and manufacturing method of the same | |
JP2007073611A (en) | Electronic device and manufacturing method thereof | |
JP2023159434A (en) | RF amplifier device and manufacturing method | |
JP2008227116A (en) | Semiconductor device and its manufacturing method | |
US20220108936A1 (en) | Semiconductor module | |
JP4866625B2 (en) | Semiconductor device | |
KR100993579B1 (en) | Semiconductor device and electronic device | |
JP2008042038A (en) | Electronic apparatus and semiconductor device | |
JP2007115904A (en) | Method of manufacturing semiconductor device | |
JP2008235759A (en) | Electronic device | |
WO2013051599A1 (en) | Semiconductor device and production method for same | |
JP2007149931A (en) | Semiconductor device, and method of manufacturing same | |
JP2006310425A (en) | Electronic apparatus and its manufacturing method | |
JP2006165830A (en) | Electronic equipment, low pass filter and method for manufacturing electronic equipment | |
JP2007149930A (en) | Electronic apparatus and manufacturing method thereof | |
US11764197B2 (en) | RF circuit module and manufacturing method therefor | |
JP2006086197A (en) | Integrated passive element and power amplifying module | |
JP2022061757A (en) | Semiconductor device |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: RENESAS TECHNOLOGY CORP.,JAPAN Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:NAKAJIMA, SHIZUKI;NAGAI, HIROYUKI;SHIRAI, YUJI;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20090914 TO 20091023;REEL/FRAME:023454/0843 Owner name: RENESAS TECHNOLOGY CORP., JAPAN Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:NAKAJIMA, SHIZUKI;NAGAI, HIROYUKI;SHIRAI, YUJI;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20090914 TO 20091023;REEL/FRAME:023454/0843 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: NEC ELECTRRONICS CORPORATION, JAPAN Free format text: MERGER;ASSIGNOR:RENESAS TECHNOLOGY CORP.;REEL/FRAME:024933/0869 Effective date: 20100401 Owner name: RENESAS ELECTRONICS CORPORATION, JAPAN Free format text: CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNOR:NEC ELECTRONICS CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:024953/0404 Effective date: 20100401 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: MURATA MANUFACTURING CO., LTD., JAPAN Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:RENESAS ELECTRONICS CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:027851/0469 Effective date: 20120301 |
|
FEPP | Fee payment procedure |
Free format text: PAYOR NUMBER ASSIGNED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: ASPN); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY |
|
STCF | Information on status: patent grant |
Free format text: PATENTED CASE |
|
FEPP | Fee payment procedure |
Free format text: PAYER NUMBER DE-ASSIGNED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: RMPN); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY Free format text: PAYOR NUMBER ASSIGNED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: ASPN); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY |
|
MAFP | Maintenance fee payment |
Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1551) Year of fee payment: 4 |
|
MAFP | Maintenance fee payment |
Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 8TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1552); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY Year of fee payment: 8 |